-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, DmQcGfjKmuFIH506lxyVfn00Z/6G89f+UG7fykqvTWC1x/+9BweY3O2rZbt2oBKO TO6NMQ0gqlCjOxOXoT2p7w== 0000950135-04-001286.txt : 20040315 0000950135-04-001286.hdr.sgml : 20040315 20040315123905 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950135-04-001286 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 13 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20031231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20040315 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: GSI LUMONICS INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001076930 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SPECIAL INDUSTRY MACHINERY, NEC [3559] IRS NUMBER: 980110412 STATE OF INCORPORATION: A3 FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-25705 FILM NUMBER: 04668532 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 39 MANNING ROAD STREET 2: . CITY: BILLERICA STATE: MA ZIP: 01821 BUSINESS PHONE: 978-439-5511 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 39 MANNING ROAD STREET 2: . CITY: BILLERICA STATE: MA ZIP: 01821 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: GSI LUMONICS DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19990331 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: LUMONICS INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19990115 10-K 1 b49019gle10vk.htm GSI LUMONICS, INC. FORM 10-K GSI Lumonics, Inc. Form 10-K
Table of Contents



UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


Form 10-K

     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003
 
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
    For the transition period from           to

Commission File No. 000-25705

GSI Lumonics Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
New Brunswick, Canada
  98-0110412
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
39 Manning Road
Billerica, Massachusetts, USA
(Address of principal executive offices)
  01821
(Zip Code)

(978) 439-5511

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, no par value

(Title of class)

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     YES þ          NO o

      Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     þ

      The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s common shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the common shares on The NASDAQ Stock Market on the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 27, 2003) was approximately $220,268,104 (assumes officers, directors, and all shareholders beneficially owning 5% or more of the outstanding common shares are affiliates).

      There were approximately 40,956,258 of the Registrant’s common shares, no par value, issued and outstanding on February 27, 2004.

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12-b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).     YES þ          NO o

Documents Incorporated by Reference.

      Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed on or about April 23, 2004 are incorporated into Part III of this report.




GSI LUMONICS INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

             
Item No. Page No.


 PART I
   Business of GSI Lumonics Inc.     2  
   Properties     14  
   Legal Proceedings     15  
   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     15  
 
 PART II
   Market for Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters     15  
   Selected Financial Data     16  
   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     17  
   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     46  
   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     48  
   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     86  
   Controls and Procedures     86  
 
 PART III
   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant     86  
   Executive Compensation     87  
   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management     87  
   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions     87  
   Principal Accountant Fees and Services     87  
 
 PART IV
   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K     87  
 Signature     91  
 Ex-10.12 Agreement re: Termination Benefits
 Ex-10.13 Agreement of Purchase and Sale
 Ex-10.14 First Amending Agreement
 Ex-10.15 Employment Agreement (Charles D. Winston)
 Ex-21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 Ex-23.1 Independent Chartered Accountants Consent
 Ex-31.1 Section 302 CEO Certification
 Ex-31.2 Section 302 CFO Certification
 Ex-32.1 Section 906 CEO Certification
 Ex-32.2 Section 906 CFO Certification
 Ex-99 Selected Consolidated Financial Statements
 Ex-99.1 MD&A & Financial Condition, Canadian Supp

      As used in this report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “GSI Lumonics” and the “Company” mean GSI Lumonics Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates another meaning.

      Unless otherwise noted, all dollar amounts in this report are expressed in United States dollars.

      The following trademarks and trade names of GSI Lumonics are used in this report: WaferMark®, Super SoftMark®, DrillStar®, WavePrecisionTM, M430TM, GMAXTM, TrimSmartTM, CSP300TM, JK SeriesTM, Sigma SeriesTM and WestwindTM.

1


Table of Contents

PART I

 
Item 1. Business of GSI Lumonics Inc.

Overview

      We design, develop, manufacture and market components, lasers and laser-based advanced manufacturing systems as enabling tools for a wide range of applications. Our products allow customers to meet demanding manufacturing specifications, including device complexity and miniaturization, as well as advances in materials and process technology. Major markets for our products include the medical, automotive, semiconductor and electronics industries. In addition, we sell our products and services to other markets such as light industrial and aerospace.

Corporate History

      GSI Lumonics Inc., a New Brunswick corporation, is the product of a merger of equals between General Scanning, Inc. and Lumonics Inc. that was completed on March 22, 1999. Our shares trade on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol GSLI and on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol LSI. Immediately following the merger, the General Scanning shareholders and the Lumonics shareholders each, as a group, owned approximately half of the combined company’s common shares.

      General Scanning, Inc. was incorporated in 1968 in Massachusetts. In its early years, General Scanning developed, manufactured and sold components and subsystems for high-speed micro positioning of laser beams. Starting in 1989, General Scanning began manufacturing complete laser-based advanced manufacturing systems for the semiconductor and electronics markets.

      Lumonics Inc., incorporated in 1970 under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada, initially produced lasers for scientific and research applications. By the 1980s, the Company was developing, manufacturing and selling laser-based, advanced manufacturing systems for electronics, semiconductor, and general industrial applications.

      During the past three years, we have divested non-core businesses, developed an array of new products and consolidated facilities and operations with the purpose of redirecting our resources on our three major business segments: Components, Lasers, and Laser Systems. We manage the Company within these three major business segments. All of these segments share some common characteristics and incorporate similar core technologies and competencies. There are important distinguishing factors, however, such as products and services, distribution channels, customers, production processes and operational economics, that we believe require different perspectives. In 2003, we focused on our strategy of expanding products and technologies in the laser and precision components segments. To this end we completed three acquisitions: the encoder division of Dynamic Research Corporation (“DRC”) in May 2003, the principal assets of Spectron Laser Systems Limited, a subsidiary of Lumenis Ltd (“Spectron”) in May 2003, and Westwind Air Bearings Inc and Westwind Air Bearings Limited (collectively “Westwind”) in December 2003.

 
Components Group

      The Company’s component products are designed and manufactured at our facilities in Billerica, Massachusetts, Moorpark, California, Poole, England, and Suzhou, China. The products are sold directly, or, in some territories, through distributors, to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. Products include optical scanners and subsystems used by OEMs for applications in materials processing, test and measurement, alignment, inspection, displays, imaging, graphics, vision, rapid prototyping, and medical use such as ophthalmology. The Components Group also manufactures printers for certain medical end products such as defibrillators, patient care monitors and cardiac pacemaker programmers, as well as film imaging subsystems for use in medical imaging systems. Under the trade name, WavePrecision, we also manufacture precision optics supplied to OEM customers for applications in the aerospace and semiconductor industries. Typical selling prices for Components products range from $200 to $4,000. In May 2003, the Company acquired the principal assets of the Encoder division of DRC, which was integrated into the manufacturing operations in

2


Table of Contents

our Billerica facility during the second and third quarters of 2003. With the acquisition of Westwind in December 2003, the Company expanded its line of technology enabling components to include high performance air bearing spindles, which are used in similar applications described above for our other component products. Westwind derives significant revenue from part sales and servicing product in its installed customer base. The Components Group’s major markets are medical, semiconductor and electronics, light industrial, automotive, and aerospace.
 
Laser Group

      The Company designs and manufactures a wide range of lasers at our Rugby, United Kingdom facility for sale in the merchant market to OEMs and both captive and merchant systems integrators. We also use some lasers in the Company’s own laser systems. In addition, the Laser Group derives significant revenues from providing parts and technical support for lasers in its installed base at customer locations. Our lasers are primarily used in material processing applications (cutting, welding and drilling) in light automotive, electronics, aerospace, medical and light industrial markets. Our lasers are sold worldwide directly in North America and the United Kingdom, and through distributors in Europe, Japan, Asia Pacific and China. Sumitomo Heavy Industries (a significant shareholder of the Company) is our distributor in Japan. Specifically, our pulsed and continuous wave Nd:YAG lasers are used in a variety of medical, light automotive and industrial applications. Typical selling prices for our lasers range from $2,000 to $180,000. In addition to our continued development of our existing laser range, in May 2003 we acquired Spectron, a United Kingdom company, which specializes in the manufacture and sale of low power diode pumped and lamp pumped lasers, which are predominantly used in marking applications. This acquisition was successfully incorporated into the existing operations of the Laser Group site in Rugby during the second and third quarters of 2003.

 
Laser Systems Group

      The Company’s laser systems are designed and manufactured at our Wilmington, Massachusetts facility and are sold directly into our primary markets, through distributors in the secondary markets, to end users, such as semiconductor integrated device manufacturers and wafer processors as well as electronic component and assembly manufacturers. The Laser Systems Group also derives significant revenues from parts sales and servicing systems in its installed base at customer locations. System applications include laser repair to improve yields in the production of dynamic random access memory chips, or DRAMs, permanent marking systems for silicon wafers and individual dies for traceability and quality control, circuit processing systems for linear and mixed signal devices, as well as for certain passive electronic components, and printed circuit boards manufacturing systems for via hole drilling, solder paste inspection and component placement inspection. Typical selling prices for such laser systems range from $100,000 to $1.5 million.

Industry Overview

      The use of precision motion control components and lasers are growing for number of applications in industries, such as medical, automotive, consumer products and aerospace, as well as in semiconductor and electronics industries. In the long term, subject to market cycles, we expect expenditures for capital equipment incorporating either, or both, laser and precision motion control technologies to increase as the result of the advantages offered over other more traditional technologies with respect to improved speed, higher accuracy, greater flexibility and smaller dimensions. Both are enabling technologies in the definitional sense that these allow production of devices, which are either not possible or not economical by use of other technologies. These include, for example, applications such as hermetically sealing implantable defibrillators.

      We see the principal market drivers for our businesses to be:

  •  advances in materials and process technology that are creating new opportunities for laser processing and high precision motion control as enabling technologies;
 
  •  the continuing development of medical devices, automotive components, consumer products, semiconductor, and electronic components that require new manufacturing technology; and

3


Table of Contents

  •  the replacement of older, less flexible manufacturing tools.

 
Components Group

      The Components Group benefits from having a broad product portfolio, are used in many diverse markets by a broad range of customers. This has enabled revenues for the Components Group to be the least cyclical of the three business segments. Specifically, scanning components and multi-axis scan subsystems are used in various materials processing and inspection applications by OEM’s in the medical, industrial and electronics markets. Our printer products service the critical care medical equipment market. Our precision optics products are used for specialized applications by OEMs in aerospace and semiconductor industries. A major market for our air bearing spindles is electronics.

      The Components business also benefits from lower operating costs for distribution and product support required by OEM customers, in comparison to our other business segments, which serve end-user markets.

 
Laser Group

      In general, the total market for lasers is growing, however, growth rate varies according to laser type, end user industry and geography. Projections for growth range from single digit to mid-teens based on the individual segments. For our served market sectors, we project overall market growth in 2004 of about 7%. Additionally, we believe that our new products, introduced in the third quarter of 2002 will continue to improve our penetration into new and existing customers. Further, we expect our acquisition of the Spectron range of products will also enhance our sales growth.

      The laser market we serve is expanding in line with the growth of overall industrial capital equipment. Our broad range of customers reduces the cyclical impact of individual industry cycles. Major markets served include automotive components, electronics, aerospace, medical and light industrial.

      During 2003, we increased our marketing activities in 2003 in Japan, Asia-Pacific and China with a resultant increase in revenues form the region. We look to development of infrastructure in China as a source for continued sales growth for our laser products. Therefore, we will continue to focus on this region.

 
Laser Systems Group

      Our laser systems are sold primarily into the semiconductor and electronic markets. The semiconductor and electronics industries are characterized by ever increasing demands on throughput, reduced device size and increased device complexity, performance, traceability and quality. Semiconductor and electronic devices are used in a variety of products including electronics, consumer products, personal computers, communications products, appliances and medical instruments.

      These markets have historically been subject to economic fluctuations due to the substantial capital investment required in those industries. In the past, this has led to significant short-term over or under capacity. The most recent downturn in demand, which began in mid 2001, for capital equipment in our major markets was due to the downturn in general economic conditions, combined with our customers’ current excess of manufacturing capacity and their customers’ excess inventories of components. Historically, when the economy improves, excess inventories are consumed and excess capacity is absorbed, eventually leading to renewed orders for capital equipment.

      During the most recent business down cycle, both the semiconductor and electronics industries have undergone significant restructuring which may affect the historical cycle. Four major factors have combined to radically alter both industries:

  •  the number of producers in each has decreased;
 
  •  absence of capacity increases;
 
  •  equipment throughput has increased; and
 
  •  pressure for lower prices due to more competition.

4


Table of Contents

      The number of active producers of DRAM’s has declined in the past three years due to consolidation caused by the economics of the marketplace. In Japan alone, which led the world in DRAM production through the last business cycle, the number of manufacturers has declined from six to one. After such consolidation, the capacity utilization in the industry was still low. However, it was showing signs of slowly being consumed by increasing demand through 2003. Similarly, the electronics manufacturing services sector had consolidated because of excess capacity.

      Equipment had been procured primarily for technology changeover, as opposed to increasing capacity. However, late in 2003, indications of buying for capacity increases have surfaced. In the past, up-cycles were fueled by additions of capacity to meet increased demand for chips. The absence of demand for more capacity in semiconductors in the most recent downturn was due, in large part, to the saturation in the end markets for products such as computers, mobile telephones and other wireless devices. Production of printed circuit boards is similarly affected.

      Equipment now being provided has higher throughput at relatively the same or lower price than the prior generation. Further, the transition from 200 millimeter to 300 millimeter wafers in the production of DRAM’s produces more than twice as many chips on a single wafer. Combined, these two factors reduce the number of systems required and, hence, the overall available market.

      Based on these factors, we had not planned for a strong recovery in this business sector during 2003, but had restructured our Laser Systems business in 2002 and 2003 to become profitable at a lower revenue level. We continue to focus on new technology and applications to improve opportunities for growth and profitability.

Corporate Strategy

      We believe our product lines are complementary and share the same underlying core competencies. Broadly, our strategy is to exploit our expertise in precision control of laser power and micro-positioning, in optimizing laser/material interaction and in developing new lasers for high precision processing. Accordingly, the key elements of our overall corporate strategy include:

  •  invest in precision motion control components and laser-based technologies, products and capabilities which define GSI Lumonics us as one of the leading companies in markets that offer strong profitable growth opportunities;
 
  •  increase market penetration through expanded product offerings of the Components and Laser businesses;
 
  •  explore opportunities in emerging markets and industries that would benefit from our technology;
 
  •  continue to develop new laser systems for our leading customers; and
 
  •  acquire complementary products and technologies.

      Consistent with our strategy, during 1999 through 2001 we divested certain product lines that were not strategic for our growth, thereby allowing us to redirect resources to opportunities in our strategic markets.

      In 2002, we took specific actions to strengthen our position in each of our three business segments.

      In the second half of 2003, we returned to profitability. During 2003, we also completed three acquisitions consistent with our stated strategy of expanding our product lines and technology in the laser and precision motion control components business groups.

 
Components Group

      We increased market share in medical printing products with a design win with a major medical device OEM. We re-designed and introduced, in concert with a leading OEM, our new multi-axis scan subsystem. With the acquisition of Westwind Air Bearings, we have secured a significant market position in the supply of air bearing spindles to PCB drilling system manufacturers. We have redirected our precision optics business

5


Table of Contents

away from its primary focus in telecommunications into new opportunities in laser, scientific, and aerospace for precision optics.
 
Laser Group

      We directed our product development and marketing activities into a few selected market segments where the clear benefits of laser technology match with the segments’ attributes of process speed, consistency, flexibility and value added by the laser process. We have developed a number of new products, including focus heads for lasers, a series of side-pumped DPSS laser modules and a new range of small high power Nd:YAG lasers. These offer competitive price and processing performance in current and emerging industrial markets. Our lasers produce high quality, repeatable cuts, welds, holes and specialist marks in products where laser processing is the key value-adding step in the manufacturing process.

      We work extensively with major customers to qualify our products into their production processes. Combining this with our service, technical and spare parts support ensures a longer-term business partnership with our customers.

 
Laser Systems Group

      We have installed M430 equipment at six major DRAM manufacturers. This is our new technology platform for memory yield enhancement, which was initially introduced in the latter part of 2001. We have installed the 300 millimeter SECS GEM (Semiconductor Equipment Communication Standard Generic Equipment Model) factory automation interface for wafer and die marking products and memory yield improvement systems. We introduced the CSP 300 last year and introduced the CSP 200 for beta site customers in 2003, the industry’s first production system for die marking chip-scale packages, or CSP, on 200 and 300 millimeter wafers. Marking of CSPs is critical for both manufacturing process traceability and product identification. We believe the use of CSPs, which are small (down to sub-1mm in size), packageless IC devices, in next-generation end-user products, such as smart phones and advanced PDAs, is expected to grow as functionality increases and product form factors shrink in size. We also released the LT2100 next generation laser trimmer for hybrid thick film and thin film component substrates. This next generation equipment enables processing of smaller devices with greater accuracy and speed.

Products and Services

      Our revenues in 2003 were derived from the following business segments, in millions of United States dollars:

           
Segment Revenue


Components group
  $ 73.8  
Laser group
    33.4  
Laser Systems group
    82.7  
Other and intra-segment eliminations
    (4.3 )
     
 
 
Total
  $ 185.6  
     
 
 
Components Group

      Precision Motion Control Components and Subsystems. We produce optical scanners and scanner subsystems, which include optics, software and control systems. These are used by the Company in some of its laser systems and by our customers in a variety of applications including materials processing, test and measurement, alignment, inspection, displays, imaging, graphics, vision, rapid prototyping, and medical applications such as dermatology and ophthalmology.

      Printer Products. We produce a variety of printing products, primarily for medical applications. These printers are used in end products such as defibrillators, patient care monitors, and cardiac pacemaker programmers. They provide a permanent record of a patient’s condition during critical medical care.

6


Table of Contents

      Film Imaging Systems. We produce laser imaging and digitizing subsystems to process data sets from computer-assisted tomography, magnetic resonance imaging or nuclear medicine equipment. This application of lasers for imaging directly on film requires precise micro-positioning for pixel placement and adjustable contrast range. This process replaces traditional chemical development of photographic films.

      Precision Optical Components. Our specialty and precision optical components are sold under the name WavePrecision. We specialize in complex, tight tolerance optical components and subassemblies for aerospace and semiconductor. Unique product features include polishing to sub-angstrom tolerances and proprietary coating techniques.

      Encoders (DRC). We offer a wide variety of modular rotary kit, rotary shaft, hollow shaft, and diffractive linear kit encoders, including custom-designs. DRC encoders are found in aerospace, automotive, medical instrumentation, semiconductor processing, and factory automation applications.

      Air Bearing Spindles. Our high speed precision spindles are marketed under the Westwind trade name. The major application is in the manufacture of mechanical drilling systems for the PCB industry. There is a robust after-market business in supplying the consumable elements (collets) of the PCB drilling systems, as well as refurbishment of high duty-cycle spindles. Other application for specialty air bearings include optical inspection, imaging, wafer dicing, magnetic disk storage verification, and coatings.

 
Laser Group

      We manufacture lasers for the light automotive, electronics, aerospace, medical and light industrial markets for advanced manufacturing applications. Our lasers can be controlled and directed with precision and used in a wide spectrum of applications. Lasers lower production costs and offer fast solutions and flexibility on the production line. Our JK Series laser systems incorporate advanced solid-state laser technology to produce efficient, reliable, dependable and accurate production systems. These systems operate at uniform energy density, improve process efficiency and require less energy. These systems use our patented power supply, allowing a wide range of applications, including drilling cooling holes in jet engine turbo fans. They also permit high speed, repetitive processing which maximizes production rates. Our JK Series can be readily linked with robotics systems to provide manufacturers with a flexible production tool.

      JK Series continuous wave Nd:YAG lasers. We produce a range of 400W-2000W average power continuous wave Nd:YAG lasers for welding, cutting, and drilling. Applications range from high speed welding of fuel injectors and sensors to cutting car and truck chassis members.

      Pulsed Nd:YAG lasers. We produce a range of 50W-100W pulsed Nd:YAG spot and seam welding lasers and the JK Series of pulsed Nd:YAG lasers for welding, cutting, and drilling in the 150W to 600W range. Applications include disc drives, cardiac pacemakers and mobile telephone batteries.

      Diode pumped and lamp pumped Nd:YAG lasers. We produce a range of lasers from 10mW to 400W in several configurations, primarily designed for incorporation into OEM marking equipment. These lasers derive from our Spectron acquisition and are available in continuous wave and pulsed variants.

      Sigma Series Nd:YLF. We produce a range of continuous wave lasers up to 7W for silicon processing and electronic PCB manufacturing applications.

      Excimer Lasers for materials processing. We produce high repetition rate and high energy industrial Excimer lasers with power ranges from 10W-80W with integrated cryogenic gas processing for extended gas lifetimes. Applications include marking, remote sensing, surface structuring and polymer processing.

      CO 2 Lasers for marking and coding. We produce a range of DC and pulsed CO 2 lasers for marking and high precision machining of non-metallic workpieces and a 200W high power pulsed CO 2 laser for large area ablative machining. The Spectron acquisition has also added a high power (220W) DC CO 2 product range, mainly used in the scientific markets as well as an increased range of CO 2products at low powers.

7


Table of Contents

 
Laser Systems Group

      Our laser systems are used in several production process steps within the semiconductor industry and in the production of electronic components and assemblies.

      Laser Trim and Test Systems. These systems enable production of electronic circuits by precisely tuning, with a laser, the performance of linear and mixed signal devices. Tuning is accomplished by adjusting various component parameters with selective laser cuts, while the circuit is under test, thereby achieving the desired electrical performance. These systems combine material handling, test stimulus, temperature control and laser trim subsystems to form turnkey production process packages. Applications include power management, data conversion, sensors, RF, precision analog devices used in the mobile communication market, as well as automotive electronics.

      Permanent Marking Systems. We provide products to support the product marking requirements of the semiconductor industry. WaferMark laser systems are used for the marking of silicon wafers at the front end of the semiconductor manufacturing process, aiding process control and device traceability. These systems incorporate advanced robotics and proprietary Super SoftMark process control technology to provide debris free marking of high-density silicon wafers along automated production lines. We also supply systems for marking the individual dies on wafers. Our automated wafer marking system supports individual bare die traceability marks. The system incorporates a tightly coupled vision system for automated wafer identification and mark alignment on each die. Complete system operation is managed with software for intuitive process monitoring and automated wafer map downloading through a single graphical user interface. Our systems are used in the silicon foundry, the wafer fab and in the back-end die marking process.

      Memory Repair Systems. DRAMs are critical components in the active memory portion of computers and a broad range of other digital electronic products. First-pass manufacturing yields are typically low at the start of production of a new generation of higher capacity memory devices. Laser processing is used to raise production yields to acceptable economic levels. Our memory repair laser systems allow semiconductor manufacturers to effectively disconnect defective or redundant circuits in a memory chip with accurately positioned and power modulated laser pulses. Shrinking DRAM die-density to tight circuit pitches below two microns requires systems, such as ours, to operate with exceptional accuracy of less than 0.2 micron while processing at a rate of 30,000 or more circuits per second. As a point of reference, the diameter of a human hair is greater than 100 microns.

      The producers of electronic components and assemblies, particularly surface mount technology assemblies, have a number of our laser systems available to support their process requirements. Features of these systems include precision laser spot size, laser power control, high-speed parts handling, and applications adaptability.

      Our laser systems are used in various process steps in the production of printed circuit boards and flex circuits.

      Via drilling. Our DrillStar products, which are capable of drilling micro vias at very high speeds in every type of material commonly used for printed circuit board fabrication, supports the miniaturization trend within the industry.

      Surface Mount Measurement Systems. Our surface mount measurement products are also used in the manufacture of printed circuit board assemblies. In the manufacture process, surface-mount solder, in paste form, is stenciled onto the circuit board with a screen printer, and components are then placed in their respective positions on the board by automated equipment. Our systems use our patented three-dimensional scanning laser data acquisition technology to inspect either solder paste depositions or component placement accuracy.

      Thick and Thin Film Laser Processing Systems. Our laser systems are used in the production of thick and thin film resistive components for surface mount technology electronic circuits, known as chip resistors, as well as more general-purpose hybrid thick and thin film electronic circuits. These systems optimize the operating parameters of RF devices, sensors, resistor networks and other devices.

8


Table of Contents

Customers

      Many of our customers are among the largest global participants in their industries. Many of our customers participate in several market segments. During 2003, our largest customer accounted for 9.4% of our total sales and our top 25 customers accounted for 50% of our total sales. During 2002, our largest customer accounted for 8.5% of our total sales and our top 28 customers accounted for 50% of our total sales. The increase in concentration from 2002 to 2003 is due in part to the increase in sales volume in the end-user systems business to certain customers.

Marketing, Sales and Distribution

      We believe that our marketing, sales and customer support organizations are important to our long-term growth and give us the ability to respond rapidly to the needs of our customers. Our product line managers have worldwide responsibility for determining product strategy based on their knowledge of the industry, customer requirements and product performance. These managers have direct contact with customers and, working with the sales and customer service organizations, develop and implement strategic and tactical plans aimed at serving the needs of existing customers as well as identifying new opportunities based on the market’s medium-to-long term requirements.

      Components are sold worldwide, mostly through direct sales, as well as through distributors to OEMs. There are direct application engineering and customer support centers located in Massachusetts, Germany, China, and Japan to support pre- and post-sales of our products. Because of the relatively small physical size of the products sold and fundamental nature of the products, the Components Group employs a factory direct strategy in support of its worldwide customer base and does not perform field repair of its products.

      Lasers are sold worldwide, either directly or through distributors to OEMs and both captive and merchant systems integrators in North America and the United Kingdom, and through distributors in Europe, Japan, Asia-Pacific and China. Sumitomo Heavy Industries Ltd. (a significant shareholder of the Company) is our distributor in Japan. Our worldwide network of integrators are also an active sales channel offering complete turn key solutions to customers demanding single point responsibility. Significant revenues are derived from providing parts and technical support for lasers in our installed base.

      Laser Systems are sold directly, or, in some territories, through distributors, to end users, usually semiconductor integrated device manufacturers and electronic component and assembly manufacturers. Our worldwide advanced manufacturing systems sales activities are directed from the product business unit sites in North America, Europe, Japan and Asia Pacific. Field offices are located close to key customers’ manufacturing sites to maximize sales and support effectiveness. Significant revenues are provided from servicing systems in our installed base at customer locations. In Europe, we maintain offices in the United Kingdom, Germany, and in the Asia-Pacific region, in Japan, Korea, Taiwan and Singapore.

Competition

      We face substantial competition in each of our markets from both established competitors and potential new market entrants. Significant competitive factors include product functionality, performance, size, flexibility, price, market presence, customer satisfaction, customer support capabilities, breadth of product line, technology and intellectual property. We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of each of these factors. Competition for our products is concentrated in certain markets and fragmented in others.

      We expect our competitors to continue to improve the design and performance of their products. There is a risk that our competitors will develop enhancements to, or future generations of, competitive products that will offer superior price or performance features, or that new processes or technologies will emerge that render our products less competitive or obsolete. Increased competitive pressure could lead to lower prices for our products, adversely affecting our sales and profitability.

9


Table of Contents

 
Components Group

      In component markets, we compete primarily with Cambridge Technology, Inc., a unit of Excel Technology, in scanning components, and Scanlabs Gmbh for scanning subsystems. Most of our competition for printer products comes from make/buy decisions by the medical OEMs. Competition in precision optics, and encoders is application specific and fragmented among numerous suppliers. For our air bearing spindles in the PCB market, Westwind has significant market presence, but still faces competition from Mechatronics, Precise, Jevco and ABL (50% owned by Hitachi). In other markets for air bearing spindles, competition is application specific. Our competitive factors vary between products and markets, but the primary ones that affect the Components Group are price, technological features, quality and on-time delivery.

 
Laser Group

      In the laser markets, which we serve, we compete primarily with Trumpf-Haas, Rofin-Sinar, NEC, Coherent, Spectra Physics, LambdaPhysik, Unitek-Miyachi and Lasag. While there are numerous competitive factors that vary amongst product lines and markets, the competitive factors that our Laser business faces are quality, variety, product performance, sales and service support, new products and costs.

 
Laser Systems Group

      In laser-based processing systems for the semiconductor and electronics markets, we compete primarily with companies such as NEC, Electro Scientific Industries, Hitachi, Rofin-Sinar, EO Technics, CyberOptics and Innolas. The main competitive factors that impact the Laser Systems Group are price, total cost of ownership and technical competency, but there are many other factors.

Manufacturing

      We perform internally those manufacturing functions that enable us to add value and to maintain control over critical portions of the production process. To the extent practical, we outsource other portions of the production process. During the last year, we continued to improve the management of both our internal production processes as well as the management of supplier quality and production. Our Laser Systems segment focused on outsourcing low value parts and modules with the retained internal activity focused on subsystem integration and testing, with particular emphasis on our customers’ applications. We believe we achieve a number of competitive advantages from this integration, including the ability to achieve lower costs and higher quality, bring new products and product enhancements more quickly and reliably to market, and produce sophisticated component parts not available from other sources.

      We manufacture our components at facilities in Billerica, Massachusetts, Moorpark, California, Poole, United Kingdom, and Suzhou, China. Our lasers in Rugby, United Kingdom and laser systems in Wilmington, Massachusetts. Each of our manufacturing facilities has co-located manufacturing, manufacturing engineering, marketing and product design personnel. We believe that this organizational proximity greatly accelerates development and entry into production of new products and aids economical manufacturing. Most of our products are manufactured under ISO 9001 certification.

      We are subject to a variety of governmental regulations related to the discharge or disposal of toxic, volatile, or otherwise hazardous chemicals used on our premises. We believe we are in material compliance with these regulations and have obtained all necessary environmental permits to conduct our business.

Research and Development

      We continue to make a strong commitment to research and development for core technology programs directed at creating new products, product enhancements and new applications for existing products, as well as funding research into future market opportunities. Each of the markets we serve is generally characterized by rapid technological change and product innovation. We believe that continued timely development of new products and product enhancements to serve both existing and new markets is necessary to remain competitive.

10


Table of Contents

      We carry out our research and development activities at the manufacturing locations cited above. We also maintain links with leading industrial, government and university research laboratories worldwide. We work closely with customers and institutions to develop new or extended applications of our technology.

      We maintain significant expertise and continue to advance our capabilities in the core technologies listed below.

 
Components Group

      Scanners: high precision servomechanisms, electronic amplifiers, controller software and motor technologies, typically associated with a broad spectrum of laser systems.

      Precision Subsystems: Software controlled electro-optical and thermal technology subsystems for medical, electronic and industrial applications.

      Light Processing Optics: design and manufacturing process capability for production of laser quality lenses, mirrors of high dynamic rigidity, high performance mirrors and lens coatings.

      Air Bearings: high precision, high speed air bearings and associated mechanical, optical and electrical components.

 
Laser Group

      Lasers: both gas and solid-state, designed to produce efficient, reliable and accurate lasers in a broad range of configurations for material processing applications.

      Laser Beam Deliveries: design and manufacture of fiber optic beam deliveries and focus heads for integration into complex manufacturing systems either by integrators or end-users.

      Laser Control Software and Systems Interfaces: development of laser control systems and interfaces for integrating our lasers into customers manufacturing systems.

 
Laser Systems Group

      Electronics: design of wide bandwidth power amplifiers and high signal-to-noise ratio and low thermal drift signal detection circuits; design and manufacture of analog servo controllers with low electromagnetic interference circuitry.

      Software: development of real-time control of servomechanisms, process system control and machine interfaces.

      Inspection: design of non-contact measurement probes, systems and related software.

      Systems Design and Integration: creation of highly efficient and effective application-specific manufacturing solutions, typically based on lasers and their interaction with materials, including integration with robotics systems.

Sources of Supply

      We depend on limited source suppliers that could cause substantial manufacturing delays and additional cost if a disruption of supply occurs. We obtain some components from a single source. We also rely on a limited number of independent contractors to manufacture subassemblies for some of our products. If suppliers or subcontractors experience difficulties that result in a reduction or interruption in supply to us, or fail to meet any of our manufacturing requirements, our business would be harmed until we are able to secure alternative sources. These components and manufacturing services may not continue to be available to us at favorable prices, if at all.

11


Table of Contents

 
Components Group

      We manufacture many of our own machined parts, particularly in air bearing manufacture. However, non-critical machined parts are often purchased externally. We purchase fully-functional electronics as well as certain key components, such as laser diodes, from external sources.

 
Laser Group

      We design and assemble our lasers. Supply of our proprietary parts comes from both internal sources, as well as a network of specialist, qualified suppliers predominantly located in North America and the United Kingdom. We purchase certain critical parts from single sources to ensure quality and consistency.

 
Laser Systems Group

      We purchase certain major subsystems, such as lasers, motion stages, certain vision systems, fully-functional electronics and frames and racks, from the merchant market. Our optics components are sourced both internally by manufacture and externally by purchase in the merchant market. In some cases, upper level assemblies and, in some cases, entire systems are outsourced to electronic manufacturing services companies.

Patents and Intellectual Property

      Our intellectual property includes copyrights, patents, trademarks and tradenames, involving proprietary software, technical know-how and expertise, designs, process techniques and inventions. As of February 2004, we held 142 United States and 107 foreign patents; in addition, applications were pending for 64 United States and 126 foreign patents. We have also obtained licenses under a number of patents in the United States and foreign countries and may require licenses under additional patents. There can be no assurance as to the degree of protection offered by these patents or as to the likelihood that patents will be issued for pending applications.

      We also rely on a combination of copyrights and trade secret laws and restrictions on access to protect our trade secrets and proprietary rights. We routinely enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and consultants. There is a risk that these agreements will not provide meaningful protection of our proprietary information in the event of misappropriation or disclosure.

Human Resources

      At December 31, 2003, we had 1,067 employees in the following areas:

                   
Number of
Employees Percentage


Production and operations
    609       57 %
Customer service
    100       9 %
Sales, marketing and distribution
    129       12 %
Research and development
    124       12 %
Administration
    105       10 %
     
     
 
 
Total
    1,067       100 %
     
     
 

      The loss of key personnel could negatively impact our operations. Our business and future operating results depend in part upon our ability to attract and retain qualified management, technical, sales and support personnel for our operations on a worldwide basis. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel. Our operations could be negatively affected if we lose key executives or employees or are unable to attract and retain skilled executives and employees as needed.

12


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

      We are subject to the laser radiation safety regulations of the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act administered by the National Center for Devices and Radiological Health, a branch of the United States Food and Drug Administration. Among other things, these regulations require a laser manufacturer to file new product and annual reports, to maintain quality control and sales records, to perform product testing, to distribute appropriate operating manuals, to incorporate design and operating features in lasers sold to end-users and to certify and label each laser sold to end-users as one of four classes (based on the level of radiation from the laser that is accessible to users). Various warning labels must be affixed and certain protective devices installed depending on the class of product. The National Center for Devices and Radiological Health is empowered to seek fines and other remedies for violations of the regulatory requirements. We are subject to similar regulatory oversight, including comparable enforcement remedies, in the European markets we serve.

Other

      Information concerning product lines, backlog, working capital and research and development expenses may be found in Item 7, Management Discussion and Analysis. Information about geographic segments may be found in note 13 to the financial statements.

Available Information, Website and Access to Financial Filings

      We maintain an Internet website at http://www.gsilumonics.com. We are not including the information contained on our website as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Form 10-K. We make available free of charge through our website our proxy statements, registration statements, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our SEC filings are also available over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we have filed by visiting the SEC’s public reference rooms in Washington, D.C. and Chicago, Illinois. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference rooms. You may also inspect our SEC reports and other information at the offices of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. In addition, our reports and other information are filed with securities commissions or other similar authorities in Canada, and are available over the Internet at http://www.sedar.com.

      Additionally, the Company makes available on its website its Code of Ethics.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

      Certain statements in this Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements relate to anticipated financial performance, management’s plans and objectives for future operations, business prospects, outcome of regulatory proceedings, market conditions, tax issues and other matters. All statements contained in this Form 10-K that do not relate to matters of historical fact should be considered forward-looking statements, and are generally identified by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan” and “objective” and other similar expressions. Readers should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this document. Such statements are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management and are subject to risks, uncertainties and changes in condition, significance, value and effect, including risks discussed in reports and documents filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and with securities regulatory authorities in Canada. Such risks, uncertainties and changes in condition, significance, value and effect, many of which are beyond our control, could cause our actual results and other future events to differ materially from those anticipated. We do not assume any obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such forward-looking statements.

13


Table of Contents

 
Item 2. Properties

      The principal owned and leased properties of the Company and its subsidiaries are listed in the table below.

                         
Current Approximate
Location Principal Use Segment Square Feet Owned/Leased





Facilities Used in Current Operations                    
Billerica, Massachusetts, USA   Manufacturing, R&D, Marketing, Sales, Administrative and Corporate     1, 4     90,000 (two  sites)   Leased; one expires in 2008 with two 5-year renewal options; one expires in 2006
Ottawa (Nepean), Ontario, Canada   Marketing (all other operations are in the process of transferring to the Moorpark facility)     4       24,000     Owned
Moorpark, California, USA   Manufacturing, R&D, Marketing, Sales     1     49,000 (three sites)   Leased; two leases expire in 2005 with one 5-year renewal option; one lease expires in 2004
Poole, United Kingdom   Manufacturing, R&D, Marketing, Sales and Administrative     1     91,000 (three sites)   1 unit owned; 2 units leased through 2106 and 2078, respectively
Rugby, United Kingdom   Manufacturing, R&D, Marketing, Sales and Administrative     2       113,000     Owned; approximately 11% of the space is subleased through 2012 and 2013
Farmington Hills, Michigan, USA   Partially occupied by Customer Support and Sales     2       56,000     Owned
Wilmington, Massachusetts, USA   Manufacturing, R&D, Marketing, Sales and Administrative     3       78,000     Leased; expires in 2007 with two 5-year renewal options
Munich, Germany   Partially occupied Customer Support, Logistics, Sales and Applications Engineering     1, 2, 3       29,000     Leased; expires in 2013 with option to renew
Excess or Unoccupied Facilities                    
Maple Grove, Minnesota, USA   Currently unoccupied     4       104,000     Owned
Ottawa (Nepean), Ontario, Canada   Fully subleased     N/A       10,000     Leased; expires in 2006


The facilities house the segments as indicated by the numbers below. Facilities are not dedicated to just one segment:

      1 — Components Group

      2 — Laser Group
      3 — Laser Systems Group
      4 — Corporate

      Additional sales, service and logistics sites are located in Burlington, Massachusetts, Japan, Korea, Taiwan, Singapore and the People’s Republic of China. These additional offices are in leased facilities occupying approximately 25,000 square feet in the aggregate.

      During fiscal 2003, we sold our former sites in Kanata, Ontario and one of our sites in Nepean, Ontario.

14


Table of Contents

      We believe the productive capacity of the remaining facilities to be both suitable and adequate for the requirements of our business. The Company is in the process of trying to sell or sublease its excess facilities.

 
Item 3. Legal Proceedings

      Information regarding legal proceedings are contained in note 11 in the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

      No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the quarter ended December 31, 2003.

PART II

 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters

Market Information

      Our common shares, no par value, trade on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “GSLI” and on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “LSI.” From September 29, 1995 until the 1999 merger between General Scanning, Inc. and Lumonics Inc., Lumonics Inc.’s common shares were traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “LUM.”

      The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low trading prices per share of our common shares as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market in United States dollars and the Toronto Stock Exchange in Canadian dollars.

                                   
NASDAQ Stock Toronto Stock
Market® Price Exchange Price
Range US$ Range Cdn$


High Low High Low




Fiscal year 2003:
                               
 
First Quarter
  $ 6.44     $ 3.80     $ 10.02     $ 5.70  
 
Second Quarter
    7.45       3.80       10.11       5.62  
 
Third Quarter
    10.50       6.48       14.38       8.88  
 
Fourth Quarter
    12.19       7.83       15.95       10.55  
Fiscal year 2002:
                               
 
First Quarter
  $ 10.93     $ 7.75     $ 17.40     $ 12.35  
 
Second Quarter
    11.42       6.38       17.98       9.75  
 
Third Quarter
    8.49       4.61       13.30       7.45  
 
Fourth Quarter
    7.79       3.65       12.34       5.90  

Holders

      As of the close of business on Friday, February 27, 2004, there were approximately 134 holders of record of our common shares. Since many of the common shares are registered in “nominee” or “street” names, we estimate that the total number of beneficial owners is considerably higher. We estimate that there are approximately 9,000 beneficial owners.

Dividends

      We have never paid cash dividends on our common shares. We currently intend to reinvest our earnings for use in our business and do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Subject to the provisions of the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention, Canadian withholding tax at a rate of 25% would be payable on dividends paid or credited, or deemed to be paid or credited, by the Company to a United

15


Table of Contents

States holder on its common shares. The withholding tax rate is reduced to 15%, or if the United States holder is a corporation that owns 10% or more of our voting shares, to 5%.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

      The information with respect to the Equity Compensation Plan required under this item is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholder to be held on May 20, 2004 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about April 23, 2004.

 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

      The following selected consolidated financial data as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2003 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. This information should be read together with consolidated financial statements of GSI Lumonics Inc., including the related notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements.

      On March 22, 1999, Lumonics Inc. and General Scanning, Inc. completed a merger of equals. GSI Lumonics Inc. (the combined entity) recorded this transaction as a purchase for accounting purposes. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements exclude the results of General Scanning, Inc. before the merger date and therefore do not provide meaningful year-to-year comparative information. Results for 1999 reflect $34.5 million of restructuring and acquired in-process research and development expenses related to the

16


Table of Contents

merger. In 2003, certain costs were reclassified from research and development to selling, general and administrative, prior years comparative data have been updated to reflect the current classifications.
                                           
Years Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999





(In thousands except per share amounts)
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations:
                                       
Sales
  $ 185,561     $ 159,070     $ 247,904     $ 373,864     $ 274,550  
Gross profit
    68,477       49,194       85,782       131,471       99,957  
Operating expenses:
                                       
 
Research and development
    13,895       19,724       24,902       33,621       28,590  
 
Selling, general and administrative
    48,952       56,203       74,547       87,769       68,943  
 
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    5,657       5,135       5,226       4,851       4,070  
 
Acquired in-process research and development
                            14,830  
 
Restructuring
    3,228       6,448       2,930       10,141       19,631  
 
Other
    831       (1,021 )     (148 )     (2,945 )      
     
     
     
     
     
 
Loss from operations
    (4,086 )     (37,295 )     (21,675 )     (1,966 )     (36,107 )
 
Other income (expense)
    2,238       590       (797 )     77,009       (1,223 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (1,848 )     (36,705 )     (22,472 )     75,043       (37,330 )
Income tax provision (benefit)
    322       (8,981 )     (7,774 )     29,666       (2,556 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,170 )   $ (27,724 )   $ (14,698 )   $ 45,377     $ (34,774 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) per common share:
                                       
 
Basic
  $ (0.05 )   $ (0.68 )   $ (0.36 )   $ 1.19     $ (1.14 )
 
Diluted
  $ (0.05 )   $ (0.68 )   $ (0.36 )   $ 1.13     $ (1.14 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding (000s)
    40,837       40,663       40,351       38,187       30,442  
Weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted net loss per common share (000’s)
    40,837       40,663       40,351       40,000       30,442  
                                         
December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999





(In thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Working capital
  $ 174,854     $ 172,135     $ 224,787     $ 190,935     $ 103,727  
Total assets
    308,596       297,088       336,687       434,949       289,722  
Long-term liabilities, including current portion
    3,715       6,004       4,736       8,524       9,898  
Total stockholders’ equity
    260,788       254,481       282,330       289,267       171,730  
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

      You should read this discussion together with the consolidated financial statements and other financial information included in this report. This report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements. Please see the “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements” elsewhere in this report.

17


Table of Contents

Overview

      We design, develop, manufacture, market and support components, lasers and laser-based advanced manufacturing systems as enabling tools for a wide range of applications. Our products allow customers to meet demanding manufacturing specifications, including device complexity and miniaturization, as well as advances in materials and process technology. Major markets for our products include the medical, automotive, semiconductor and electronics industries. In addition, we sell our products and services to other markets such as light industrial and aerospace.

      Results of Operations. The following table sets forth items in the consolidated statement of operations as a percentage of sales for the periods indicated:

                             
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of goods sold
    63.1       69.1       65.4  
     
     
     
 
Gross profit
    36.9       30.9       34.6  
Operating expenses:
                       
 
Research and development
    7.5       12.4       10.0  
 
Selling, general and administrative
    26.5       35.4       30.1  
 
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    3.0       3.2       2.1  
 
Restructuring
    1.7       4.0       1.2  
 
Other
    0.4       (0.6 )     (0.1 )
     
     
     
 
   
Operating expenses
    39.1       54.4       43.3  
     
     
     
 
Loss from operations
    (2.2 )     (23.5 )     (8.7 )
Gain (loss) on sale of assets and investments
    0.1             (1.9 )
Other income (expense)
          (0.3 )      
Interest income, net
    0.9       1.3       1.7  
Foreign exchange transaction gains (losses)
    0.2       (0.5 )     (0.1 )
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (1.0 )     (23.0 )     (9.0 )
Income tax provision (benefit)
    (0.2 )     (5.6 )     (3.1 )
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    (1.2 )%     (17.4 )%     (5.9 )%
     
     
     
 

Business Environment and Restructurings

      Several significant markets for our products had been in severe decline from 2000 through early 2003. Our sales of systems for semiconductor and electronics applications and precision optics for telecommunications declined. From 2000 through 2002, the Company faced a $215 million decline in revenues. Approximately 57% of this decline was due to the downturn in general economic conditions, combined with our customers’ excess of manufacturing capacity and their customers’ excess inventories of semiconductor and electronic components. While in the process of streamlining the business to reduce fixed costs, the Company made decisions to divest product lines that were not strategic. These discontinued products, which had sales in 2000, accounted for 43% of the total decline in revenue from 2000 to 2002.

      In response to the business environment, we restructured our operations in an effort to bring costs in line with our expectations for sales of systems for the semiconductor and telecommunications markets. Our emphasis was predominantly on consolidating operations at various locations and reducing overhead. The Company incurred additional restructuring charges in all four quarters of 2003 as it continued to reduce and consolidate operations around the world. The level of restructuring actions declined significantly in the latter half of 2003. The Company neither expects nor plans any major restructuring expenses in the foreseeable future. The Company will continue to monitor restructuring accruals that were made in the past, particularly

18


Table of Contents

those that were made for excess facilities, to ensure that such amounts remain appropriate in light of changing conditions in the markets, and make appropriate adjustments, if any are required, to the accruals and our results of operations.

      In addition to the restructuring activities noted below, on August 7, 2003, the Company announced to its employees its intention to consolidate and relocate its precision optics operations from the Nepean, Ontario location to its similar facility in Moorpark, California. In the third and fourth quarter of 2003, the Company recorded $0.5 million of costs, including severance, associated with this move. These are included in cost of goods sold and operating expenses. The Company anticipates that it will incur an additional $0.4 million to facilitate this move in the first quarter of 2004.

 
2000

      During fiscal 2000, the Company took total restructuring charges of $15.1 million, $12.5 million of which resulted from the Company’s decision to exit the high powered laser product line that was produced in its Rugby, United Kingdom facility. The $12.5 million charge consisted of $1.0 million to accrue employee severance for approximately 50 employees; $3.8 million for reduction and elimination of the Company’s United Kingdom operation and worldwide distribution system related to high power laser systems; and $7.7 million for excess capacity at three leased facilities in the United States and Germany where high power laser systems operations were conducted. The provisions for lease costs at our Livonia and Farmington Hills, Michigan facilities and in Germany related primarily to future contractual obligations under operating leases, net of expected sublease revenue on leases that the Company cannot terminate. Additionally, for our Farmington Hills, Michigan and Maple Grove, Minnesota facilities, we accrued an anticipated loss on our contractual obligations to guarantee the value of the buildings. This charge was estimated as the excess of our cost to purchase the buildings over their estimated fair market value. The Company also recorded a non-cash write-down of land and building in the United Kingdom of $2.0 million, based on market assessments as to the net realizable value of the facility. Included in the expected savings in earnings and cash on annual “go forward” basis was approximately $1.1 million related to salaries and benefits of employees terminated in the Company’s Rugby, United Kingdom facility as part of the elimination of this product line. In addition, the Company recorded in cost of goods sold a reserve of $8.5 million for raw materials, work-in-process, equipment, parts and demo equipment inventory that related to the high power laser product line in its Rugby, United Kingdom facility and other locations that supported this product line.

      The remaining restructuring charge for fiscal 2000, $0.6 million of compensation expense, resulted from the acceleration of options upon the sale of our Life Sciences business and MPG product line during that year.

      Also during fiscal 2000, the Company reversed a provision of $5.0 million originally recorded at the time of the 1999 merger of General Scanning, Inc. and Lumonics Inc. At the time the $5.0 million provision was recorded, the Company intended to close its Rugby, United Kingdom facility and transfer those manufacturing activities to its Kanata, Ontario facility, but upon further evaluation the Company reversed its intentions. Thus, the Company reversed the $5.0 million that had initially been recorded for this proposed restructuring.

      Cumulative cash payments of $12.0 million, a reversal of $0.5 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001 for anticipated restructuring costs that will not be incurred and a non-cash draw-down of $2.6 million have been applied against the total fiscal 2000 provision of $15.1 million, resulting in no remaining balance at December 31, 2003. All actions relating to the 2000 restructuring charge have been completed. The Company paid the $6.0 million loss accrual remaining at December 31, 2002 in connection with the purchase of the Farmington Hills, Michigan and the Maple Grove, Minnesota facilities. The properties, which had been under leases until June 2003, were purchased for $18.9 million, but had an estimated market value of $12.5 million. The difference between the purchase price and estimated market value had been provided for as restructuring losses in 2000 ($6.0 million), in 2002 ($0.1 million) and 2003 ($0.3 million). The Farmington Hills, Michigan facility is being used and was recorded in property, plant and equipment at a cost of $6.1 million during the second quarter of 2003 and the Maple Grove, Minnesota facility had initially been held for sale and was included in other assets, but effective December 31, 2003 the value of $6.4 million was reclassified as property, plant and equipment.

19


Table of Contents

 
2001

      In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001, to further reduce capacity in response to declining sales, the Company determined that most of the remaining functions located in its Farmington Hills, Michigan facility should be integrated with its Wilmington, Massachusetts facility and that its Oxnard, California facility should be closed. In addition, the Company decided to integrate its Bedford, Massachusetts facility with its Billerica, Massachusetts manufacturing facility. The Company took total restructuring charges of $3.4 million. The $3.4 million charge consisted of $0.9 million to accrue employee severance for approximately 35 employees at the Farmington Hills, Michigan and Oxnard, California locations; $1.8 million for excess capacity at five leased locations in the United States, Canada and Germany; and $0.7 million write-down of leasehold improvements and certain equipment associated with the exiting of leased facilities located in Bedford, Massachusetts. The lease costs primarily related to future contractual obligations under operating leases, net of expected sublease revenue on leases that the Company cannot terminate. The expected effects of the restructuring were to better align our ongoing expenses and cash flows in light of reduced sales. The Company anticipated savings of approximately $2.4 million on an annual basis related to salaries and benefits of employees terminated at these facilities in connection with this restructuring.

      Cumulative cash payments of approximately $2.6 million and non-cash draw-downs of $0.7 million have been applied against the provision, resulting in a remaining provision balance of $0.1 million as at December 31, 2003. The restructuring is complete, except for costs that are expected to be paid on the leased facilities in Munich, Germany (lease expiration January 2013) and Nepean, Ontario (lease expiration January 2006).

 
2002

      Two major restructuring plans were initiated in 2002, as the Company continued to adapt to a lower level of sales. In the first quarter of 2002, the Company made a determination to reduce fixed costs by transferring manufacturing operations at its Kanata, Ontario facility to other manufacturing facilities. Associated with this decision, the Company incurred restructuring costs in the first, second, and fourth quarters of 2002. At this time, the Company believes that all costs associated with the closure of this facility have been recorded, as noted below.

      During the first quarter of 2002, the Company consolidated its electronics systems business from its facility in Kanata, Ontario into the Company’s existing systems manufacturing facility in Wilmington, Massachusetts and transferred its laser business from the Company’s Kanata, Ontario facility to its existing facility in Rugby, United Kingdom. In addition, the Company closed its Kanata, Ontario facility. The Company took a total restructuring charge of $2.7 million related to these activities in the first quarter of 2002. The $2.7 million charge consisted of $2.2 million to accrue employee severance and benefits for approximately 90 employees; $0.3 million for the write-off of furniture, equipment and system software; and $0.2 million for plant closure and other related costs. Future expense and cash outflow associated with 90 employees, whose employment was terminated, has been avoided, improving income before tax and cash flow by approximately $1.2 million per quarter. During the second quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company recorded additional restructuring charges of $1.4 million related to cancellation fees on contractual obligations of $0.3 million, a write-down of land and building in Kanata, Ontario and Rugby, United Kingdom of $0.8 million, and also leased facility costs of $0.3 million at the Farmington Hills, Michigan and Oxnard, California locations. The lease costs primarily related to future contractual obligations under operating leases, net of expected sublease revenue on leases that the Company cannot terminate. The write-downs of the building brought the properties offered for sale in line with market values and the recording of these write-downs had no effect on cash.

      The second major restructuring action in 2002 was the redirection of the Company’s precision optics operations in Nepean, Ontario away from optical telecommunications and into its custom optics business as a result of the telecom industry’s severe downturn. The Company reduced capacity at the Nepean, Ontario facility and recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of $2.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2002, which included $0.6 million to accrue employee severance and benefits for approximately 41 employees. Future expense and cash outflow associated with 41 employees, whose employment was terminated, will be avoided,

20


Table of Contents

improving quarterly income before tax and cash flow by approximately $0.5 million per quarter. The Company also wrote-off approximately $0.2 million of excess fixed assets and wrote-down one of the Nepean, Ontario buildings by $0.2 million to its estimated fair market value. Additionally, the Company continued to evaluate accruals made in prior restructurings and we recorded charges of approximately $0.8 million for an adjustment to earlier provisions for leased facilities in the United States and Germany. Specifically, the $0.8 million in adjustments in the fourth quarter of 2002 related to earlier provisions for the leased facilities in Munich, Germany, Maple Grove, Minnesota and Farmington Hills, Michigan. Management had originally estimated a restructuring reserve of $0.5 million based upon the assumption that the Munich, Germany facility would be subleased in 2003. Instead, the market for commercial real estate in Munich, Germany declined further making recovery of the lease rate less likely. Therefore, an additional provision of $0.5 million was recorded to cover a longer anticipated time to sublease the space and to reflect a sublease at less than our existing lease rates. The Maple Grove, Minnesota facility had been subleased through January 2003. Management had anticipated finding a buyer for this building by January 2003, exercising of the option to purchase the building and not paying the remaining lease costs. As this did not happen, the contractual lease costs through the end of the lease in June 2003 of $0.2 million were accrued. The Farmington Hills, Michigan facility, also, was not sold by the end of 2002, so the costs for the unused space through the end of the lease in June 2003 of $0.1 million were accrued. The Company also took a further write-down of $0.3 million on the buildings in Kanata, Ontario and Rugby, United Kingdom and a $0.1 million write-off for fixed assets in Kanata, Ontario and a $0.1 million write-down to estimated fair value for the Maple Grove, Minnesota and Farmington Hills, Michigan facilities.

      At December 31, 2002, the net book value of two facilities, one in Kanata, Ontario and the other in Nepean, Ontario, were classified as held for sale and included in other assets. The Nepean, Ontario facility was sold in the second quarter of 2003. The Company sold the Kanata, Ontario property during the fourth quarter of 2003. Because the selling price for the Kanata facility was less than the net book value, the Company took restructuring charges of $0.1 million in the second quarter of 2003 and an additional charge of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2003.

      Cumulative cash payments of approximately $4.1 million and non-cash draw-downs of $1.8 million have been applied against the provisions taken in 2002, resulting in a remaining provision balance of $0.5 million at December 31, 2003. For severance related costs associated with these two restructuring actions, the actions are complete and the Company does not anticipate taking additional restructuring charges and has finalized payment in 2003. The Company will continue to evaluate the fair value of the buildings and fixed assets that were written down. The restructuring accrual is expected to be completely utilized during January 2013 at the end of the lease term for the Munich, Germany facility. The Company estimated the restructuring charge for the Munich, Germany facility based on contractual payments required on the lease for the unused space, less what is expected to be received for subleasing. Because this is a long-term lease that extends until 2013, the Company will draw-down the amount accrued over the life of the lease. Future sublease market conditions may require the Company to make further adjustments to this restructuring reserve.

      The result of this restructuring activity was the establishment of our three new primary business segments: Components Group, Laser Group and Laser Systems Group. In addition, it also provided improved working capital management, which substantially reduced investment in receivables and inventories.

 
2003

      To align the distribution and service groups with our business segments, in the first quarter of 2003 the Company commenced a restructuring plan that is expected to significantly reduce these operations around the world and to consolidate these functions at the Company’s manufacturing facilities. As part of this plan, the Company provided for severance and termination benefits of approximately $0.6 million for 22 employees in Germany, France, Italy and Belgium in the first quarter of 2003. Under SFAS 146, if an employee continues to work beyond a minimum period of time after their notification, then their termination benefits are to be accrued over the period that they continue to work. During the second quarter of 2003, the Company took additional restructuring charges of $0.4 million for the severance and termination benefits associated with the

21


Table of Contents

restructuring actions taken in the first quarter, as a result of employees working beyond a minimum period as required by SFAS 146.

      As a continuation of the restructuring plan initiated in the first quarter of 2003 to reduce our distribution and service groups, during the second quarter of 2003 the Company further reduced its European operations, including terminating an additional 10 employees in Europe and closing its Paris, France office. Also, the Company closed its office in Hong Kong and terminated 7 employees from that location. Additionally, the Company terminated 8 employees in other offices in Asia Pacific. Associated with these actions taken in the second quarter of 2003, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $0.8 million, consisting of severance and termination benefits of $0.6 million, and lease and contract termination charges of $0.2 million. In the third quarter of 2003, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $0.1 million for the closing of offices in Asia Pacific.

      As the Company has retained certain employees to help with the transition of work beyond the minimum periods specified in SFAS 146, the Company accrued additional termination and severance benefits for these employees of approximately $0.1 million during the third quarter of 2003, as a result of the actions taken in the first and second quarters of 2003. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2003 the Company reversed restructuring expense of approximately $0.1 million for severance costs accrued in prior quarters that will not be incurred. In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company incurred less than $0.1 million for additional severance and termination benefits associated with the European restructuring plan.

      Although the Company does not report restructuring by segment, SFAS 146 requires disclosure of restructuring activities by segment. The alignment of the service and distribution groups described above is primarily related to our Laser Systems segment. Total costs incurred, net of $0.1 million in reversals noted above, were $1.9 million. All costs were incurred during 2003, and it is not anticipated that there will be any additional charges for this restructuring initiative.

      As part of its review of the restructuring actions taken in prior years, during the second quarter of 2003 the Company took an additional $0.3 million restructuring charge for the anticipated loss on the market value of the Farmington Hills, Michigan and Maple Grove, Minnesota facilities, on which the Company first took a restructuring charge in 2000, as noted above. Also, the Company took an additional charge of $0.1 million in the second quarter of 2003 and a charge of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2003 to write-down the net book value of the Kanata, Ontario facility to its estimated fair market value. The Company had previously written down the Kanata, Ontario facility in 2002, as noted above. In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company recorded an additional restructuring provision of $0.7 million for the Munich, Germany facility. This additional charge was necessary in light of the continued decline in the commercial real estate lease rates in that market as compared to our lease rate and the longer time anticipated to find a subtenant. The Company has taken charges on this Munich facility in 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 totaling $1.7 million. The lease on the Munich office continues through January 2013. As the commercial real estate market is difficult to predict, the Company will continue to evaluate the restructuring accrual associated with the Munich office and will adjust the provisions as required.

      Cumulative cash payments of approximately $1.8 million and non-cash draw-downs of $0.7 million and reversal of expense of $0.1 million have been applied against the provisions taken in 2003, resulting in a remaining provision balance of $0.8 million as at December 31, 2003, which is primarily related to the accrual on the Munich office.

22


Table of Contents

2003 Compared to 2002

      Sales by Segment. The following table sets forth sales in millions of dollars by our business segments for 2003 and 2002.

                         
2003 2002 Increase
Sales Sales (Decrease)



Components
  $ 73.8     $ 70.5     $ 3.3  
Lasers
    33.4       23.7       9.7  
Laser Systems
    82.7       65.9       16.8  
Other and intra-segment eliminations
    (4.3 )     (1.0 )     (3.3 )
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 185.6     $ 159.1     $ 26.5  
     
     
     
 

      Sales for 2003 increased by $26.5 million or 17% compared to 2002. The increase in sales is primarily a result of the gradual economic recovery we have begun to see in the latter part of 2003. Sales in all our business segments showed improvement over the prior year, after the impact of acquisitions. While we have seen increased order demand across the board and we are cautiously optimistic, visibility for future sales projections is still limited.

      Sales in the Components segment increased in 2003 by $3.3 million, or 5%, compared to 2002. The sales increase was primarily as a result of sales generated from the acquisitions. The Encoder product line acquired from DRC in May 2003 contributed $4.9 million to the sales increase and the Westwind acquisition contributed $2.5 million in sales since its acquisition date in December 2003. The precision optics product line also saw increases in sales in 2003 due to customers increased spending in the defense market. These increases were offset by declines in sales from the printer product line because of delayed introduction of new products caused by our customers’ decision to delay their new programs. Laser imaging sales declined as anticipated in the end of life for this mature product, which will continue to decline in the future.

      Sales in the Lasers segment increased by $9.7 million, or 41%, above 2002 results. $5.1 million of this increase is attributable to sales generated by the Spectron product lines since the acquisition in May 2003. The remainder of the increase of approximately $4.6 million is primarily due to stronger sales from the JK series of products.

      The sales of Laser Systems improved markedly with a $16.8 million, or 25%, increase from 2002. Steady improvement in worldwide semiconductor sales, and DRAMs in particular, are the underlying drivers for the sales improvement. Our major product lines (memory repair, wafer trim, circuit trim, and wafermark) all experienced improved sales in 2003 as compared to 2002. Memory repair accounted for approximately 70% of the increase in the Laser Systems total sales increase.

      Sales by Region. We distribute our systems and services via our global sales and service network and through third-party distributors and agents. Our sales territories are divided into the following regions: the United States; Canada; Latin and South America; Europe, consisting of Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Japan; and Asia-Pacific, consisting of ASEAN countries, China and other Asia-Pacific countries. Sales are attributed to these geographic areas on the basis of the bill-to customer location. Not infrequently, equipment is sold to large international companies, which may be headquartered in Asia-Pacific, but the sales of our systems are billed and shipped to locations in the United States. These sales are therefore reflected in United

23


Table of Contents

States totals in the table below. The following table shows sales in millions of dollars to each geographic region for 2003, 2002 and 2001.
                                                 
2003 2002 2001



Sales % of Total Sales % of Total Sales % of Total






United States
  $ 91.8       49 %   $ 94.7       59 %   $ 119.3       48 %
Canada
    1.6       1       1.9       1       11.4       5  
Latin and South America
    1.1       1       1.2       1       0.9        
Europe
    27.4       15       25.8       16       50.7       20  
Japan
    36.1       19       23.5       15       41.0       17  
Asia-Pacific, other
    27.6       15       12.0       8       24.6       10  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 185.6       100 %   $ 159.1       100 %   $ 247.9       100 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      In 2003, we saw increased sales activity from Asia Pacific and Japan led primarily by the increase in demand for our Laser Systems products. We anticipate this trend will continue. We also had greater penetration into the Asian and Japanese markets with our JK series of products in our Lasers segment. Although the European economy remains lackluster, our year over year percentage decreased only slightly, as we were helped by the acquisition of the Spectron product line, which has a strong installed based in Europe. North America continues to be the most active sales region for our Components segment. With the acquisition of Westwind into our Components segment, the mix may change in the future, because the PCB market for Westwind air-bearing spindles is heavily dominated by Asia.

      Backlog. We define backlog as unconditional purchase orders or other contractual agreements for products for which customers have requested delivery within the next twelve months. Backlog was $74.6 million at December 31, 2003, compared $41.8 million at December 31, 2002 and $50.2 million at December 31, 2001.

      Gross Profit. Gross profit was 36.9% in 2003 compared to 30.9% in 2002. This is a 6.0 percentage points increase in the gross profit percentage. There are numerous factors that can influence gross profit percentage including product mix, pricing, volume, third-party costs for raw materials and outsourced manufacturing, warranty costs and charges related to excess and obsolete inventory, at any particular time. The primary reasons for the higher gross profit percentage in 2003 are a decrease in net inventory provision, a lower warranty expense, and a decrease in fixed manufacturing overhead as a percentage of revenue. Additionally, there were numerous smaller changes in costs of goods sold that helped to improve the gross margin.

      Specifically in 2002, the Company recorded inventory provisions of $3.7 million compared to net provisions of $0.6 million in 2003. This decrease of $3.1 million contributed 2.0 percentage points to the increase in gross margin. The inventory provision for 2003 is lower by approximately $1.2 million, because of sales during 2003 of inventory that had been written-down in previous years in our Lasers segment. Our Laser Systems segment also had lower inventory provisions in 2003, due to increased sales in various product lines, including memory repair, circuit trim and wafermark.

      The lower warranty expense contributed 1.3 percentage points to the increase in gross margin. The savings in warranty spending primarily relates to higher expense in 2002 for warranty activities in our Laser Systems segment related to the DrillStar and semiconductor wafer marker product lines. Most of our DrillStar products were no longer under warranty in 2003.

      As a result of restructuring our service organization in 2003, the Company lowered costs of service in our Laser Systems and Lasers segments. These lower costs contributed approximately 1.9 percentage points to the improved gross profit percentage in 2003.

      Also, fixed manufacturing overhead, while it increased in absolute amounts, as a percentage of revenue it decreased from 14.2% of revenue in 2003 to 12.6% of revenue in 2003, this contributed 1.6 percentage points to the increase in gross profit percentage.

24


Table of Contents

      Offsetting these favorable improvements in gross profit was an increase in the costs of material as a percentage of sales, resulting from changes in product mix and higher costs of materials. This led to an increase of 1.5 percentage points.

      The net of smaller increases and decreases in other categories of cost of goods sold contributed 0.7 percentage points to the increased gross margin in 2003.

      We classify service sales support and service management costs as selling, general and administrative expenses, which is prepared on a consolidated basis only and is not available by segment, which is why we do not present gross profit by segment.

      Research and Development Expenses. Research and Development (R&D) expenses for 2003 were 7.5% of sales or $13.9 million, compared to 12.4% of sales or $19.7 million in 2002, a decrease of $5.8 million.

The R&D expenses in the Components segment were $4.5 million in 2003 compared to $4.2 million in 2002, which is an increase of $0.3 million. The R&D expenses in the Lasers segment were $2.9 million in both 2003 and 2002. The R&D expenses in the Laser Systems segment were $6.1 million in 2003 compared to $12.0 million in 2002. The decrease of $5.9 million in 2003, primarily from lower personnel costs and lower project spending, reflects the completion of major projects and the impact of initiatives undertaken by the Company to focus our spending on key potential growth areas. R&D expenses of $0.4 million in 2003 compared to $0.6 million in 2002 were recorded at the corporate level. These expenses primarily relate to personnel costs associated with the Company’s intellectual property activities and are not attributable to one segment. The decrease of $0.2 million was due to lower personnel costs.

      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A) expenses decreased by $7.2 million to $49.0 million, or 26.5% of sales, in 2003 compared to $56.2 million, or 35.3% of sales, in 2002.

      The reduction in expenses in 2003 is primarily due to a combined decrease of $3.6 million in salaries, benefits and travel expenses due to headcount assigned to SG&A being on average 15% lower in 2003 as compared to 2002. Other factors include a $2.1 million reduction in facility and depreciation costs, as well as a $2.0 million reduction in sales support and service management from downsizing in Europe, Canada, Asia Pacific and the United States. There were smaller increases and cost savings in various other areas of SG&A, as the Company maintained tight fiscal control that totaled $1.6 million. These decreases in expenses were partially offset by $2.2 million of legal and other expenses incurred in 2003 related to the proposal to the shareholders to reorganize the Company as a United States domiciled corporation. This proposal was withdrawn by the Company in August 2003.

      As noted above, we classify service sales support and service management costs as selling, general and administrative expenses, which is prepared on a consolidated basis only and is not available by segment, which is why we do not present gross profit by segment.

      Amortization of Purchased Intangibles. Amortization of purchased intangibles was $5.7 million in 2003 compared to $5.1 million in 2002. The $0.6 million increase in amortization is due to our acquisitions in 2003. In 2004, the intangibles from the merger of General Scanning and Lumonics will become fully amortized, which will result in a savings of approximately $1.0 million per quarter starting in the second quarter of 2004. Offsetting this savings will be additional amortization of approximately $0.3 million per quarter related to the acquisition of Westwind, as the acquisition occurred late in the fourth quarter of 2003. Additionally, in 2004 we will have a full year of amortization for the intangibles from the Spectron and the DRC acquisitions compared to eight months for each acquisition in 2003. Any potential future acquisition could impact the amount of amortization expense depending on the nature of assets acquired.

      Restructuring. As described above and in note 10 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003, we recorded restructuring charges of $3.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 and $6.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2002.

      Other. During 2003, the Company recorded a reserve of approximately $0.6 million on notes receivable initially recorded in 1998. The reserve was provided because of a default on the quarterly payment due in

25


Table of Contents

March 2003. During 2003, the Company also took a $0.5 million write off against idle and obsolete fixed assets. Additionally, the Company recorded a benefit of approximately $0.2 million for royalties earned on a divested product line. In 2002, other includes a net benefit of $0.7 million from settlement of two lawsuits during 2002 and royalty income of $0.3 million.

      Profit (Loss) from Operations. The following table sets forth profits and losses from operations in thousands of dollars by our business segments for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

                   
Year Ended
December 31,

2003 2002


Profit (loss) from operations before income taxes
               
Components
  $ 15,665     $ 16,763  
Lasers
    1,071       (5,010 )
Laser Systems
    8,042       (18,732 )
     
     
 
Total by segment
    24,778       (6,979 )
Unallocated amounts:
               
 
Corporate expenses
    19,148       19,754  
 
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    5,657       5,135  
 
Restructuring and other
    4,059       5,427  
     
     
 
Loss from operations
  $ (4,086 )   $ (37,295 )
     
     
 

      Gain (loss) on Sale of Assets and Investments. During 2003, we recorded gains of $0.1 million on the sales of our Nepean and Kanata facilities. There were no gains or losses in 2002.

      Interest Income. Interest income was $1.9 million in 2003 compared to $2.7 million in 2002. The $0.8 million decrease in interest income in 2003 was due to continuous declines in interest rates coupled with a more conservative investment policy.

      Interest Expense. Interest expense was $0.2 million in 2003 compared to $0.7 million in 2002. The decrease of $0.5 million in interest expense in 2003 was due to lower balances of debt in 2003 than 2002. During 2003, the Company had no bank debt. Interest expense is primarily from discounting receivables with recourse at a bank and for interest on deferred compensation.

      Other Income (Expense). In 2002, we recorded a write-down of approximately $0.6 million related to an investment in OpNet Partners, L.P. See note 9 to the audited consolidated financial statements. There were no similar expenses in 2003.

      Foreign exchange transaction gains (losses). Foreign exchange transaction gains were $0.5 million in 2003 compared to losses of $0.8 million in 2002. These amounts arise, primarily, from the functional currency of a division differing from its local currency, transactions denominated in currencies other than local currency and, beginning in 2003, unrealized gains (losses) on derivative contracts.

      Income Taxes. The effective tax rate for 2003 was (17.4%) of loss before taxes, compared to an effective tax rate of 24.5% for 2002. The tax provision for the year largely reflects taxes in the Company’s foreign locations, where profits were reported. Our tax rates in 2003 and 2002 reflect the fact that we do not recognize the tax benefit from losses in certain countries where future use of the losses is uncertain and other non-deductible costs. The Company believes it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized principally through future taxable income and carry backs to taxable income in prior years.

      Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS No. 109”) requires a valuation allowance be established when it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. A review of all available positive and negative evidence needs to be considered, including a company’s performance, the market environment in which the company operates, length of carry-back and carry-forward periods, existing sales backlog, future taxable income

26


Table of Contents

projections and tax planning strategies. We have previously provided valuation allowances against losses in the parent company and subsidiaries with an inconsistent history of taxable income and loss due to the uncertainty of their realization. In addition, the Company has provided a valuation allowance on tax credits, due to the uncertainty of generating earned income to claim the tax credits. In the event that actual results differ from our estimates of future taxable income, or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may need to establish an additional valuation allowance, which could have a material impact our financial position and results of operations.

      In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 we reversed a $3 million valuation allowance for a jurisdiction because sufficient positive evidence exists, including tax-planning strategies, to support its reversal. We also reversed a $7.3 million valuation allowance provided in previous years for a jurisdiction because sufficient positive evidence exists to conclude it was more likely than not to be realized. The Company’s evaluation of the realization of deferred tax assets is based upon evidence of cumulative historical profitability and estimates of future taxable income.

      In one jurisdiction, the Company was profitable in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2003, but was not profitable overall in the fiscal 2001 to 2003 period. Projections of future earnings, based on revenue assumptions consistent with industry forecasts along with the necessary operating expenses to support the Company’s revenue assumptions, indicate the loss carry-forwards could be fully utilized within two years. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we established a $12 million valuation allowance against deferred tax assets based on judgment, including consideration of historical losses and projections of future profits with substantially more weight being placed on recent losses than any projections of future profitability. We expect to maintain a full valuation allowance for that jurisdiction until we can sustain an appropriate level of profitability and sufficient positive evidence exists to support its reversal. To the degree we have pre-tax incomes in that jurisdiction, no tax charge will be recorded for that jurisdiction until such time as the valuation allowance is reversed. Income taxes will continue to be recorded for other jurisdictions.

      We also recorded an income tax benefit totaling $2.7 million, primarily attributable to the reversal of accrued income tax liabilities resulting from management’s analysis of these accruals.

      We will continue to monitor the recoverability of our deferred tax asset on a periodic basis.

      Net Income (Loss). As a result of the forgoing factors, net loss during 2003 was reduced to $2.2 million from a net loss of $27.7 million in 2002.

2002 Compared to 2001

      Sales by Segment. The following table sets forth sales in millions of dollars by our business segments for 2002 and 2001.

                 
2002 2001
Sales Sales


Components
  $ 70.5     $ 88.7  
Lasers
    23.7       39.1  
Laser Systems
    65.9       124.0  
Other and intra-segment eliminations
    (1.0 )     (3.9 )
     
     
 
Total
  $ 159.1     $ 247.9  
     
     
 

      Sales for 2002 decreased by $88.8 million or 36% compared to 2001. The divestiture and discontinuation of product lines accounted for $12 million of this reduction. The primary reason in 2002 for the decline was the deep recession in the market for semiconductor and electronic capital equipment and optical telecommunications components, which began midway through 2001.

      Sales in the Components segment decreased in 2002 by $18.2 million or 21% compared to 2001. The weakness in the telecommunications market sector was the primary cause for the decline. Sales from the product lines linked to that sector accounted for a combined $9.6 million in sales reduction. Other factors were

27


Table of Contents

a $6.1 million reduction in the Optical Scanning product line affected by the downturn of the semiconductor industry and the market for laser ophthalmology equipment and $1.8 million decline in our GMAX product line affected by a slow down in Europe and North America. Discontinued product lines contributed another $0.7 million in sales decrease against 2001.

      Sales in the Lasers segment declined in 2002 by $15.4 million or 39% below 2001 results. The decline was due to a combination of repositioning the business out of high power automotive lasers into lower power lasers for medical and other markets, as well as the introduction of a new family of products. Our JK series and Excimer laser product lines accounted for $10.8 million or 70% of the sales decline in this segment against 2001. Excimer laser sales declined as a result of the collapse of the telecommunications market. Discontinued product lines accounted for $1.4 million of the 2002 sales decline.

      The sales in 2002 of Laser Systems suffered the most with a $58.1 million or 47% decline from 2001. Our Trim & Test, WaferMark and DrillStar product line sales decreased by a combined $57.9 million primarily due to lower volume reflecting the downturn in the global semiconductor, electronics and telecom industries. These factors were partially offset by market acceptance of our Memory Repair product line, sales of which increased by $10.9 million in 2002 from 2001. Discontinued and divested product lines accounted for $10 million of the 2002 sales decline.

      Sales by Region. We distribute our systems and services via our global sales and service network and through third-party distributors and agents. Our sales territories are divided into the following regions: the United States; Canada; Latin and South America; Europe, consisting of Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Japan; and Asia-Pacific, consisting of ASEAN countries, China and other Asia-Pacific countries. Sales are attributed to these geographic areas on the basis of the bill to customer location. Not infrequently, equipment is sold to large international companies, which may be headquartered in Asia-Pacific, but the sales of our systems are billed and shipped to locations in the United States. These sales are therefore reflected in United States totals in the table below. The following table shows sales in millions of dollars to each geographic region for 2002, 2001.

                                 
2002 2001


% of % of
Sales total Sales total




United States
  $ 94.7       59 %   $ 119.3       48 %
Canada
    1.9       1       11.4       5  
Latin and South America
    1.2       1       0.9        
Europe
    25.8       16       50.7       20  
Japan
    23.5       15       41.0       17  
Asia-Pacific, other
    12.0       8       24.6       10  
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 159.1       100 %   $ 247.9       100 %
     
     
     
     
 

      The significant downturn in economic conditions that commenced in 2001, especially in the global semiconductor, electronics and telecom industries, impacted sales in all of our geographic regions in 2002. The 2002 sales decline of 20.6% in the United States was not as marked as the percent decline in other regions, because there was a relatively moderate sales decline of 23% in the Components segment, which is predominately in the United States, and there was a $6.4 million sales increase in 2002 in the United States in Memory Repair over 2001. Sales from the Components segment and Memory Repair accounted for respectively $52.7 million or 56%, and $12.5 or 13% of the sales recorded in the United States in 2002. Other products sold in the United States recorded a combined 40% decline in 2002. The decline in Canada in 2002 compared to 2001 relate primarily to the downturn of the optics and telecommunication market sectors. Europe, Japan and Asia Pacific all suffered from the downturn in the semiconductor and electronics markets in 2002.

28


Table of Contents

      Backlog. We define backlog as unconditional purchase orders or other contractual agreements for products for which customers have requested delivery within the next twelve months. Backlog was $42 million at December 31, 2002 compared to $50 million at December 31, 2001.

      Gross Profit. Gross profit was 30.9% in 2002 and 34.6% in 2001. Gross profit as a percentage of sales in 2002 decreased compared to 2001 primarily as a result of fixed costs representing a larger percentage of cost of sales in 2002 as compared to 2001. When sales dropped dramatically, fixed costs as a percentage of sales increased. Fixed costs for manufacturing and service were 18.1% of sales in 2002 versus 14.6% in 2001. These fixed costs of sales were higher, year over year, as a percentage of sales, despite decreasing by $7.4 million, or 20%, from 2001 to 2002, because sales in the same period decreased by 36%. Fixed costs are not variable to sales and it was not possible to quickly reduce these expenses. Major items in fixed costs are salaries and benefits for non-direct labor, facility and occupancy costs (rent and buildings that are under long term contracts) and depreciation expense (which is spread over the life of the assets). We have tried through restructurings to reduce fixed costs over time, but we cannot reduce fixed costs as a one-for-one match to sales declines in any particular period. Favorable fluctuations as a percentage of sales in cost of materials (3%) and other costs of sales (1%) were offset by unfavorable fluctuations as a percentage of sales in direct service cost (3%) and inventory provision (1%).

      Although the number of competitors in our marketplace remained relatively constant, demand for our products, particularly products in the markets served by our Laser Systems segment, decreased in 2002 from 2001. As a result, we faced increased competition for fewer potential sales. In an effort to reduce some of our slower moving inventory, we reduced prices on some of our products in 2002, primarily in lines in which the Company did not expect to focus significant resources in the future.

      Commencing in the first quarter of 2002, we classified service sales support and service management costs as selling, general and administrative expenses. In prior years, we classified these costs as cost of goods sold. As such we have reclassified in the comparative statement of operations $5.3 million in 2002 and $5.1 million in 2001 from cost of goods sold to selling, general and administrative expenses. The reclassification was prepared on a consolidated basis only and is not available by segment.

      Research and Development Expenses. Research and Development (R&D) expenses for 2002 were 12.4% of sales or $19.7 million, compared to 10.0% of sales or $24.9 million in 2001.

      The R&D expenses in the Components segment were $4.2 million in 2002 compared to $5.9 million in 2001. The decrease in R&D expenses of $1.7 million in 2002 is due primarily to a $1.3 million reduction in projects related to the telecommunications market.

      The R&D expenses in the Lasers segment were $2.9 million in 2002 compared to $3.0 million in 2001. The modest reduction in R&D spending in 2002 in spite of lower sales confirm the Company’s commitment to grow the equipment sales in this segment.

      The R&D expenses in the Laser Systems segment were $12.0 million in 2002 compared to $16.1 million in 2001. The decrease of $4.1 million in 2002 reflects the completion of major projects and the impact of initiatives undertaken by the Company to focus our spending on key potential growth areas.

      R&D expenses for $0.6 million in 2002 compared to none in 2001 were recorded at the corporate level. These expenses are mostly in support of our patent application management. In 2001 similar expenses were recorded at the factory level.

      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A) expenses decreased by $18.3 million to $56.2 million, or 35.4% of sales, in 2002 compared to $74.5 million, or 30.1% of sales, in 2001. There was a 31% reduction in SG&A headcount from December 31, 2001 to December 31, 2002. SG&A cost reductions, however, did not decline during 2002 proportionately as much as our sales, resulting in an increase in SG&A as a percentage of sales ratio from 2001 to 2002. Of the total decrease in SG&A expenses from 2001 to 2002, $9 million or 49% of the decrease was attributable to reduced personnel costs, such as salaries and benefits, as a result of the reductions in headcount made during 2002 and mandatory shutdown days. Also, as a result of decreased hiring, recruiting expenses decreased by $0.5 million.

29


Table of Contents

Lower commissions as a result of lower sales accounted for $1.9 million or 10% of decrease in SG&A expenses from 2001 to 2002. Lower occupancy costs as a result of reductions in operating locations accounted for $1.3 million or 8% of the decrease in SG&A spending year over year. Reductions in spending on consultants and temporary employees accounted for $1.2 million or 6% of the decrease in SG&A expenses from 2001 to 2002. Lower spending on travel related expenses accounted for $1 million or 5% of the decrease in SG&A expenses. Although legal expenses decreased by $0.9 million from 2001 to 2002, they were still approximately $2.5 million for the year ended 2002, as a result of expenses associated with the defense of two lawsuits that were settled in 2002. The balance of the decrease in SG&A expenses from 2002 to 2001 of approximately $2.5 million was in a variety of areas as a result of cost cutting measures that were implemented.

      As noted above, in 2002 service sales support and service management costs were reclassified to selling, general and administrative expenses from cost of goods sold. As this was done on a consolidated basis, it is not possible to breakdown SG&A expenses by segment.

      Amortization of Purchased Intangibles. Amortization of purchased intangibles was $5.1 million in 2002 compared to $5.2 million in 2001. This slight decrease in the amortization in 2002 as compared to 2001 is due to the write-down of certain intangibles that occurred at the end of 2001.

      Restructuring. As described above and in note 10 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002, we recorded restructuring charges of $6.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2002 and of $2.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2001.

      Other. Other includes a net benefit of $0.7 million from settlement of two lawsuits during 2002 and royalty income of $0.3 million. As more fully described in note 10 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002, during the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company recorded a reduction of purchased intangibles related to technologies no longer a part of the business in the amount of $1.8 million. Also, during 2001, the Company recorded a benefit of $0.3 million related to royalties earned on the divested OLT precision alignment system product line. The Company also adjusted a $19 million provision originally recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 1999 related to litigation and recorded a benefit of $1.6 million when the litigation was settled.

      Profit (Loss) from Operations. The following table sets forth profits or losses from operations in thousands of dollars by our business segments for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.

                   
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2001


Profit (loss) from operations before income taxes
               
Components
  $ 16,763     $ 18,603  
Lasers
    (5,010 )     4,425  
Laser Systems
    (18,732 )     (23,712 )
     
     
 
Total by segment
    (6,979 )     (684 )
Unallocated amounts:
               
 
Corporate expenses
    19,754       12,983  
 
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    5,135       5,226  
 
Restructuring and other
    5,427       2,782  
     
     
 
Loss from operations
  $ (37,295 )   $ (21,675 )
     
     
 

      Gain (loss) on Sale of Assets and Investments. During 2001, we sold our investment in shares of PerkinElmer, Inc. for a loss of $4.8 million. There were no such items in 2002.

      Interest Income. Interest income was $2.7 million in 2002 compared to $5.1 million in 2001. The $2.4 million decrease in interest income in 2002 was due to continuous declines in interest rates.

30


Table of Contents

      Interest Expense. Interest expense was $0.7 million in 2002 compared to $0.9 million in 2001. The $0.2 million decrease in interest expense in 2002 was due to lower balances of debt in 2002 than 2001. By the end of December 2002, the Company had no bank debt.

      Other Expense. In 2002, we recorded a write-down of approximately $0.6 million related to an investment in OpNet Partners, L.P. See note 9 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

      Income Taxes. The effective tax rate for 2002 was 24.5% of income before taxes, compared to an effective tax rate of 34.6% for 2001. Our tax rates in 2002 and 2001 reflect the fact that we do not recognize the tax benefit from losses in certain countries where future use of the losses is uncertain and other non-deductible costs. The Company believes it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized principally through future taxable income and carry backs to taxable income in prior years. If the Company does not return to profitability, we may be at risk to take further write-downs in our deferred tax assets.

      Net Income (Loss). As a result of the forgoing factors, net loss during 2002 was $27.7 million, compared with a net loss of $14.7 million in 2001.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

      Our consolidated financial statements are based on the selection and application of significant accounting policies, which require management to make significant estimates and assumptions. We believe that the following are some of the more critical judgment areas in the application of our accounting policies that currently affect our financial condition and results of operations.

      Revenue Recognition. We recognize product revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, risk of loss has passed to the customer and collection of the resulting receivable is probable. We design, market and sell our products as standard configurations. Accordingly, customer acceptance provisions for standard configurations are generally based on seller-specified criteria, which we demonstrate prior to shipment. Revenue on new products is deferred until we have established a track record of customer acceptance on these new products. When customer-specified objective criteria exist, revenue is deferred until customer acceptance if we cannot demonstrate the system meets these specifications prior to shipment. Should management determine that these customer acceptance provisions are not met for certain future transactions, revenue recognized for any reporting period could be affected. There are no significant obligations that remain after shipping other than normal warranty and some installation. Installation is usually a routine process without problems and the Company considers it to be inconsequential or perfunctory. The Company typically negotiates trade discounts and agreed terms in advance of order acceptance and records any such items as a reduction of revenue. The Company rarely has returns and/or price adjustments; credits for returns under warranty occur mostly in the Components segment, and are not frequent. Shipping and handling costs are normally borne by the customer and the Company’s normal practice is to ship “collect,” with no charge for shipping and handling on the invoice.

      Stock Based Compensation. We recognize compensation expense for stock options under the intrinsic value method, as allowed under APB 25. At this time, the Company does not intend to include stock based compensation expense directly in the results of operations, except as required under APB 25, but to disclose the pro-forma effects of stock based compensation in the notes to the financial statements. It is anticipated that the accounting rules will change effective 2005 to require the expensing of all stock based compensation per a fair value method of accounting. This will lower our results of operations. See note 6 to the financial statements for the disclosure of the effects of stock based compensation.

      Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

      Inventory. We write down inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future

31


Table of Contents

demand and market conditions. In 2002 and 2001, sales volumes had been adversely impacted by the general economic downturn, and the semiconductor, electronics and telecommunication industries downturn in particular, and inventory has been affected accordingly. In 2003, our overall inventory provisions were lower than in the prior two years. This was the result of two factors. First, in 2003 we sold products on which we had previously taken inventory provisions, allowing us to reduce the provision. Second, we did not need to make significant additional provisions for excess inventory because usage of inventory increased, which was helped by the higher volume of sales that occurred in 2003. If actual market conditions become less favorable in the future than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

      The Company has in place policies to review inventory values to ensure that inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable values. The Company regularly reviews inventory values based on expected future usage. If, using our best judgment and based on information available, there is excess inventory, the Company will establish a reserve. As the sales demand for the Company’s products declines, the Company establishes additional inventory reserves for potential excess and obsolete inventory. Historically, the majority of these reserves have been in product lines associated with our Laser and Laser Systems segments. The Company believes that the current inventory provisions are adequate. However, no assurances can be given that such provisions will continue to be adequate or that the markets that our products serve will not further deteriorate. The Company does not typically realize significant proceeds or margins on the sale or other disposition of this inventory.

      In general, after the Company establishes a reserve on inventory, various options are reviewed before a decision is made to dispose of the written-down excess inventory. The Company may decide to keep the inventory to support anticipated sales, which may be outside the time frames of our reserve policy. We will review to see if the inventory can be used in other product lines or in research and development efforts. The Company will determine if there is an outside market to which the parts can be moved, such as a scrap vendor. Much of our reserved inventory is highly customized and cannot be sold for scrap or used in other products, and is ultimately disposed of for insignificant proceeds. Disposal of inventory is made after all other options for use of the written-down inventory have been exhausted.

      Net inventory provisions included in cost of goods sold were $0.6 million in fiscal 2003 and $3.7 million in each of fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003. The inventory provision for 2003 is lower by approximately $1.2 million, because of sales during 2003 of inventory that had been written-down in previous years in our Lasers segment. If this had not been included in cost of goods sold, our gross profit percentage would have been 36.3% instead of 36.9%. As the economy gradually improved and sales increased in 2003, there was less need for additional inventory provisions than in 2002 and 2001.

      In 2002, the Company continued to evaluate the inventory provisions as sales did not recover as anticipated in the semiconductor and telecom industries. We recorded approximately $3.7 million in inventory provisions. Only $0.3 million was identified as part of the restructuring plan for the Company’s Kanata, Ontario operations and was recorded in cost of goods sold. Most of the inventory reserves we took in 2002 were indirectly related to the restructuring actions. The same root cause of lower demand for and sales of our products, which caused us to evaluate the inventory that we had on hand and to make adjustments in value as appropriate, also initiated management’s decisions that restructuring actions were necessary to bring costs in line with sales.

      In 2001, the majority of the $3.7 million in inventory provisions recorded were in the product lines affected by the downturn in the semiconductor markets. These were not related to a specific restructuring action.

      Warranties. We provide for the estimated costs of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. Our estimate of costs to service the warranty obligations is based on historical experience and expectation of future conditions. To the extent we experience increased warranty claim activity or increased costs associated with servicing those claims, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required.

      Restructuring. During fiscal year 2003, 2002 and 2001, we recorded significant reserves in connection with our restructuring program. These reserves include estimates pertaining to employee separation costs and

32


Table of Contents

the settlements of contractual obligations resulting from our actions. Some of these accruals relate to costs of excess leased facilities that are under long-term leases. Our estimate of the reserve is based on estimates of market value of leased buildings, where we have made residual value guarantees, or of office rental rates in the future in various markets and the time required to sublease the space, both of which are subject to many variables, such as economic conditions and amount of space available in the market. Additionally, our restructuring reserve includes estimates to reduce owned buildings to market value. We are trying to sell the buildings in Maple Grove, Minnesota and Farmington Hills, Michigan, but there are many factors that could affect the fair market value or final value that we receive in any sale. As a result, there may be adjustments to our reserves. Although we do not anticipate significant changes, the actual costs may differ from these estimates and we may be required to make additional restructuring reserves.

      Deferred Taxes. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets totaling $12.1 million within our December 31, 2003 consolidated balance sheet, after providing a valuation allowance of $24.4 million, as presented in note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

      We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered. To the extent that we believe that future recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish or increase a valuation allowance, we must include an expense within the tax provision in the statement of operations.

      Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our gross deferred tax assets. The Company has provided valuation allowances against losses in the parent Company and subsidiaries with an inconsistent history of taxable income and loss due to the uncertainty of their realization. In addition, the Company has provided a valuation allowance on tax credits, due to the uncertainty of generating earned income to claim the tax credits. In the event that actual results differ from our estimates of future taxable income, or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may need to establish an additional valuation allowance, which could impact our financial position and results of operations.

      Intangible Assets. In assessing the recoverability of our intangible assets, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future operating results, cash flows, planned uses of technology and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. We reviewed the intangible assets for potential impairment, and determined that there was no adjustment needed. There were no impairment adjustments in 2002. During the fourth quarter of 2001, we determined that the carrying value of our intangible assets was no longer fully recoverable based on a review of our assumptions. As a result, we recognized an impairment charge of $1.8 million in 2001. If our estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, we may require adjustments to the carrying value of the remaining assets.

      Pension Plan. The Company’s United Kingdom subsidiary maintains a defined benefit pension plan. The membership in this plan was closed effective 1997. In December 2002, the Company notified plan participants that it no longer wanted to sponsor the final salary plan. After a consultation period, the curtailment of the plan was effective June 1, 2003. At December 31, 2003, because of significant declines in the stock market and low interest rates, the market value of the plan assets was approximately $2.4 million less than the projected benefit obligation as compared to $5.0 million at the end of 2002. The projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2003 reflects the effect of a gain on the curtailment of $0.8 million. This gain was not reflected in the results of operations, because the unrecognized net loss exceeded the curtailment gain. The accumulated benefit obligation and the projected benefit obligation are now equal.

      The accounting rules applicable to our pension plan require amounts recognized in financial statements be determined on an actuarial basis, rather than as contributions are made to the plan. A significant element in determining our pension income or pension expense is the expected return on plan assets. We have assumed, based on the type of securities in which the plan assets are invested and the long-term historical returns of these investments, that the long-term expected return on pension assets will be 6.5% and its assumed discount rate will be 6.5%. Given our pension plan’s current under-funded status, absent improved market conditions,

33


Table of Contents

we may be required to increase cash contributions to our pension plan in future years. Further declines in the stock market and lower rates of return could increase our required contributions.

      Since the market value of our pension assets at December 31, 2003 was less than the accumulated pension benefit obligation, the Company recorded a $1.5 million non-cash charge to other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity and an accrued long-term pension liability. This charge to equity did not affect net loss. The charge will only be reversed when the value of the pension assets exceed the accumulated pension benefit obligation as of a future measurement date.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 
Lines of Credit

      At December 31, 2003, the Company had no lines of credit but had two bank guarantees in Pounds Sterling and Euros with National Westminster Bank, or NatWest, and Deutsche Bank respectively, for a total amount of available credit of $0.2 million versus lines of credit and guarantees of $12.1 million at December 31, 2002. At December 31, 2002, the Company had an $8.0 million line of credit with Fleet that expired and was replaced with a pledge agreement on June 27, 2003 for $4.0 million, which is used to support the foreign currency swap contract. At December 31, 2003, pursuant to a security agreement between the Company and Fleet, marketable securities totaling $5.0 million had been pledged as collateral for the Fleet pledge agreement. NatWest provides a $0.1 million bank guarantee for letters of credit used for VAT and duty purposes in the United Kingdom. The Deutsche Bank guarantee of $0.1 is for our Munich, Germany office lease.

      At December 31, 2002, the Company had a line of credit with Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC) denominated in Canadian dollars for approximately U.S. $4.0 million. The Company reviewed this $4.0 million line of credit with CIBC and a decision to cancel the line of credit was conveyed to CIBC prior to December 31, 2002. By giving CIBC appropriate advance notice, the Company initiated its right to cancel the line of credit at any time at no cost, excluding breakage fees relating to the used and outstanding amounts under fixed loan instruments, which were not material. The $4.0 million line of credit with CIBC was reduced by the end of the first quarter in 2003 to two letters of credit totaling $0.4 million, which were used to support the Company’s payroll and credit card programs. These two letters of credit were cancelled in the second quarter of 2003, thereby eliminating the CIBC line of credit.

 
Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

      The Company used $19.6 million in cash during 2003 to close the year on December 31, 2003 with cash and cash equivalents of $64.0 million compared to $83.6 million at December 31, 2002 and $103.0 million at December 31, 2001. In addition, short-term investments were $39.6 million at December 31, 2003 an increase of $10.6 million compared to December 31, 2002. Long-term and other investments totaled $3.7 million at December 31, 2003 versus $37.4 million at December 31, 2002. Short-term, long-term and other investments consist principally of commercial paper, government securities and mutual funds with original maturities greater than three months. The total of cash, cash equivalents and investments at December 31, 2003 was $107.3 million.

      We generated $21.8 million in cash from operating activities during 2003. The net loss, after adjustments for non-cash items, resulted in cash generation of $8.9 million in 2003. Inventories and current liabilities generated a further $20.2 million during 2003, which was partially offset by accounts receivable and current assets using $7.3 million. The cash generated by inventories is a result of our increased sales. Although accounts receivable balances are up significantly year over year, much of this is due to a combination of higher sales late in 2003 and the acquisition of Westwind in December of 2003. We generated $11.7 million in cash from operating activities during 2002. The net loss, after adjustments for non-cash items, resulted in a use of cash of $10.0 million in 2002. Accounts receivable, inventories and other current assets generated a further $29.8 million during 2002, which was offset by current liabilities using $8.1 million. Accounts receivables contributed $9.4 million due to a 17-day improvement in the average time of collection offset by the impact on receivables of a $2.7 million sales increase in the fourth quarter of 2002 over the fourth quarter of 2001.

34


Table of Contents

Inventories contributed $19.6 million due to a reduction in manufacturing activities caused by lower demand in 2002 and management’s focus on disposing of slow moving inventory. These efforts resulted in inventory turns increasing to 3.0 at the end of 2002 from 2.3 at the end of 2001. The reduction in current liabilities is due to a lower manufacturing activities and lower spending due to a reduction in workforce. During 2001, we used $17.5 million in cash in operating activities. Net income, after adjustment for non-cash items, generated cash of $12.8 million in 2001. Accounts receivable, inventories and other current assets generated a further $57.4 million, which was more than offset by current liabilities using $87.7 million. Accounts receivable contributed $47.1 million as the 2001 balance dropped sharply as a result of a 56% decline in sales from the fourth quarter of 2000 to the fourth quarter of 2001, offset by a 5-day increase in the average time of collection. Inventories contributed $8.9 million due to a reduction in manufacturing activities. However the reduction in inventory did not match the sales decline resulting in a decrease in inventory turns to 2.3 from 4.3 in December 2000. The usage in current liabilities reflects the downturn in manufacturing activities and the reduction in workforce.

      During 2003, we made significant investments and utilized $41.7 million in cash. Our largest investments were for three acquisitions, which utilized $44.3 million in cash. Additionally, we used $21.6 million in cash for purchases of leased buildings and property, plant and equipment. Our investments were offset by net maturities and sales of investments of $23.4 million. We generated $0.8 million from the sale of a building in Nepean, Ontario. In 2002, we used $23.8 million in investing activities, including $132.9 million of purchases of short-term and long-term investments and $110.0 million of maturities of short and long-term investments. Investment in property, plant and equipment, net of disposals, used $3.0 million and in cash and other assets generated $2.0 million in 2002. During 2001, investing activities provided $12.4 million, including $109.4 million of purchases and $85.8 million of maturities of short-term investments. During 2001, we generated $38.5 million from the sale of our investment in PerkinElmer, Inc. and $7.3 million from the sale of our Laserdyne and Custom Systems product lines to Laserdyne Prima (see note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements for details of both transactions). Investment in property, plant and equipment used $8.6 million in cash and other assets used $1.2 million.

      In 2003, we generated $0.8 million in cash from financing activities compared to $8.2 million in cash flow used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2002 and $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The cash generated in 2003 is from the exercise of stock options and issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan. We made net repayments of bank indebtedness during 2002 of $6.4 million compared to $4.1 million in 2001, and a scheduled payment of $3.0 million on long-term debt in 2002 as compared to $4 million on long-term debt in 2001. These were partially offset by $1.2 million received in 2002 and $1.8 million received in 2001 from the exercise of stock options and issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan.

 
Other Liquidity Matters

      The Company’s final salary defined benefit pension plan in the United Kingdom has an excess of projected benefit obligation over the fair market value of plan assets of approximately $2.4 million at December 31, 2003. The Company’s funding policy is to fund pensions and other benefits based on widely used actuarial methods as permitted by regulatory authorities. These factors are subject to many changes, including the performance of investments of the plan assets. Because of the current underfunding and potential changes in the future, the Company may have to increase payments to fund the pension plan.

35


Table of Contents

 
Contractual Obligations

      The following summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2003 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flow in future years in thousands.

                                         
Contractual Obligations Total 2004 2005 - 2006 2007 - 2008 After 2008






Operating leases(1)
  $ 27,878     $ 3,214     $ 4,772     $ 2,942     $ 16,950  
Unconditional purchase obligations
    22,000       19,589       2,334       12       65  
Other long-term obligations(2)
    2,340       186       369       224       1,561  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 52,218     $ 22,989     $ 7,475     $ 3,178     $ 18,576  
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  See note 11 to the audited consolidated financial statements.
 
(2)  See note 5 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

      The Company leased two facilities under operating lease agreements that expired in June 2003. At the end of the initial lease terms, these leases required the Company to renew the lease for a defined number of years at the fair market rental rate or purchase the properties at the fair market value. The lessor may have sold the facilities to a third party but the leases provided for a residual value guarantee by the Company of the first 85% of any loss the lessor may have incurred on its $19.1 million investment in the buildings. This would have become payable by the Company upon the termination of the transaction. In June 2003, the Company exercised its option to purchase the facilities for $18.9 million. There is no longer a residual value guarantee in connection with these leases. The lease agreement required, among other things, the Company to maintain specified quarterly financial ratios and conditions. As of March 29, 2002, the Company was in breach of the fixed charge coverage ratio, but on April 30, 2002, the Company entered into a security agreement with the Bank of Montreal (BMO) pursuant to which the Company deposited with BMO and pledged approximately $18.9 million as security in connection with the operating leases discussed above in exchange for a written waiver from BMO and BMO Global Capital Solutions for any Company defaults of or obligations to satisfy the specified financial covenants relating to the operating lease agreements until June 30, 2003. This item was included on the balance sheet in long-term investments at December 31, 2002 and was used to satisfy the purchase price of the buildings during June 2003. The properties were purchased for $18.9 million, but had an estimated fair market value of $12.5 million. Accruals that were recorded for these anticipated losses were used to offset the difference. The Farmington Hills, Michigan facility is included in property, plant and equipment and initially recorded at $6.1 million and the Maple Grove, Minnesota facility was initially included in other assets for $6.4 million, but was reclassified to property plant and equipment effective December 31, 2003. The Company is trying to sell these two facilities. The total expected value of the buildings at the time of sale may vary, depending on whether or not the buildings are leased at time of sale and whether the buildings are sold to a buyer/owner or to an investor. The Company will incur other costs such as lease and sales commissions. If market values for the two facilities were to decrease by 10%, our required provision would change by approximately $1.0 million.

      The Company only uses derivatives for hedging purposes. The following is a summary of the Company’s risk management strategies and the effect of these strategies on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

      The Company has instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program to manage exposures to changes in foreign currency exchange rates associated with forecasted sales transactions. Currency forwards and swaps are used to fix the cash flow variable of local currency costs or selling prices denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. For hedged forecasted transactions, hedge accounting is discontinued if the forecasted transaction is no longer intended or expected to occur and any previously unrealized hedging gains or losses recorded in other comprehensive income are immediately recorded to earnings. Earnings impacts for all designated hedges are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations generally on the same line item as the gain or loss on the item being hedged. The Company records all derivatives at fair value as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, with classification as current or long-term depending on the duration of the instrument. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company removed the

36


Table of Contents

designation of all short-term hedge contracts from their corresponding hedge relationships. Accordingly, such contracts are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized currently in income starting January 1, 2003, instead of included in accumulated other comprehensive income. Unrealized gains on these contracts included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2003 are recognized in the same periods as the underlying hedged transactions. Although the Company now marks-to-market short-term hedge contracts to the statement of operations, the Company does not intend to enter into hedging contracts for speculative purposes.

      At December 31, 2003, the Company had one long-term currency swap contract valued at $8.7 million United States dollars with an aggregate fair value loss of $1.4 million after-tax recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income with a maturity date in December 2005. At December 31, 2002, the Company had eleven foreign exchange forward contracts to purchase $16.9 million United States dollars and one long-term currency swap contract valued at $8.7 million United States dollars with an aggregate fair value loss of $0.5 million after-tax recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and maturing at various dates in 2003. The ineffective portion of the derivative instruments totaled a combined loss of $0.3 million and is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in foreign exchange gain (loss).

      On March 31, 2003, the Company completed the sale to a third party of its excess facility in Nepean, Ontario for a price of approximately U.S. $0.8 million. The gain on the sale of this facility of approximately U.S. $0.1 million was recorded in our second quarter of 2003.

      In December 2003, the Company closed on the sale of its Kanata, Ontario facility. The sale price was Canadian $3.0 million (approximately U.S. $2.3 million). As part of the sale agreement, the Company entered into a mortgage agreement with the purchaser for Canadian $2.7 million. The balance of the purchase price was in cash. The mortgage terms are interest free for three years and the principal is due on November 30, 2006. The Company has recorded the present value of the mortgage, using an imputed interest rate, as an other asset of approximately U.S. $1.9 million at December 31, 2003.

      The Company’s French subsidiary is subject to a claim by a customer of its French subsidiary that a Laserdyne 890 system, which was delivered in 1999, had unresolved technical problems that resulted in the customer’s loss of revenue and profit, plus the costs to repair the machine. In May 2001, the Le Creusot commercial court determined that the Company had breached its obligations to the customer and that it should be liable for damages. An expert appointed by the Le Creusot commercial court had filed an initial report, which estimated the cost to repair the machine at approximately French Franc 0.8 million (or approximately US$0.2 million). In the third quarter of 2003, the Company was notified that the customer is seeking cost of repairs, damages and lost profits of Euro 1.9 million (approximately US$2.3 million). The Le Creusot commercial court is reviewing the amount requested by the customer. The Company intends to vigorously defend this action and any claim amount. The customer has not paid Euro 0.3 million (or approximately US$0.4 million) of the purchase price for the system, which the Company believes it may offset against any damages. The Company has fully reserved this receivable. At this time, it is not possible to estimate an amount that the Company may be required to pay regarding this action.

 
Acquisitions

      On May 2, 2003, the Company acquired the principal assets of the Encoder division of Dynamics Research Corporation (DRC), located in Wilmington, Massachusetts. The purchase price of $3.1 million was comprised of $3.0 million in cash and $0.1 million in costs of the acquisition. The purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The addition of the Encoder division assets represents the addition of technology and products that expand the Company’s offering of precision motion control components. The integration of the Encoder division into the Company’s Components Group in Billerica, Massachusetts was completed during the third quarter of 2003.

      The acquisition of the principal assets of Spectron Laser Systems Limited, a subsidiary of Lumenis Ltd (Spectron), located in Rugby, United Kingdom closed on May 7, 2003. The purchase price of approximately $6.4 million, subject to final adjustment, was comprised of $5.8 million in cash and $0.6 million in estimated costs of the acquisition. The purchase price allocation is not yet final, as the parties are negotiating certain

37


Table of Contents

purchase price adjustments, related primarily to inventory, and other indemnification claims submitted by the Company. The purchase price, which is subject to final adjustment, is allocated to the assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. This acquisition adds both diode pumped laser solid state (DPSS) technology and products to the Company’s marketplace offerings, as well as expanded product lines in both lamp pumped (LPSS) and CO(2)-based technologies. The lasers are primarily used in material processing applications such as marking, cutting plastic and diamonds, silicon machining and micro-welding. The Company believes that these products complement the Company’s product lines by expanding applications in the 7W to 100W range. The integration of this acquisition into the Company’s Laser Group in Rugby, United Kingdom was completed during the third quarter of 2003.

      On December 10, 2003, GSI Lumonics Corporation completed the purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Westwind Air Bearings Inc. from FR Holdings Inc. and GSI Lumonics Limited completed the purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Westwind Air Bearings Limited from Cobham Plc and Lockman Investments Limited. Both GSI Lumonics Corporation and GSI Lumonics Limited are wholly owned subsidiaries of GSI Lumonics Inc. The combined purchase price of $34.9 million was comprised of $33.7 million in cash, which is net of cash acquired and $1.2 million in costs of the acquisition. The amount of the consideration was determined through arm’s length negotiations between the parties and was financed out of available cash and investments at hand. Subject to final adjustments, the purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The addition of Westwind represents the addition of technology and products that expand the Company’s offering of enabling components to include high precision rotary motion technology using air bearings.

      These acquisitions were consistent with the Company’s stated strategy to expand its technology and product offerings complementary with its existing markets through both development and acquisition.

      Our future liquidity and cash requirements will depend on numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the level of sales we will be able to achieve in the future, the introduction of new products and potential acquisitions of related businesses or technology. We believe that existing cash balances, together with cash generated from operations and available bank lines of credit, will be sufficient to satisfy anticipated cash needs to fund working capital and investments. We are not aware of any events that could trigger a significant cash payment, except for items already accrued or disclosed in the financial statements or noted above.

Related Party Transactions

      The Company recorded $4.8 million as sales revenue from Sumitomo Heavy Industries Ltd., a significant shareholder in the year ended December 31, 2003 (2002 — $2.3 million; 2001 — $4.2 million) at amounts and terms approximately equivalent to third party transactions. Receivables from Sumitomo Heavy Industries Ltd. of $1.3 million and $0.5 million as at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, are included in accounts receivable on the balance sheet.

      On February 23, 2000, the Company entered into an agreement with V2Air LLC relating to the use of V2Air LLC’s aircraft for Company purposes. The V2Air LLC is owned by the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Charles D. Winston. Pursuant to the terms of such agreement, the Company is required to reimburse the V2Air LLC for certain expenses associated with the use of the aircraft for Company business travel. During year ended December 31, 2003, the Company reimbursed V2Air LLC approximately $131,000 (2002 — $145,000 and 2001 — $150,000) under the terms of such Agreement.

      In January of 2001, the Company made an investment of $2 million in a technology fund managed by OpNet Partners, L.P. During 2002, the Company received a cash distribution (return of capital) from OpNet Partners in the amount of $1.4 million. In the second quarter of 2002, the Company wrote-down the investment by $0.2 million to its estimated fair market value and wrote-off the remainder of the investment ($0.4 million) in the fourth quarter of 2002. Richard B. Black, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, is a General Partner of OpNet Partners, L.P.

      On April 26, 2002, the Company entered into an agreement with Photoniko, Inc, a private photonics company in which one of the Company’s directors, Richard B. Black, was a director and stock option holder.

38


Table of Contents

As of August 16, 2002, Mr. Black was no longer a director or stock option holder of Photoniko, Inc. Under the agreement, the Company provided a non-interest bearing unsecured loan of $75,000 to Photoniko, Inc. to fund designated business activities at Photoniko, Inc. in exchange for an exclusive 90 day period to evaluate potential strategic alliances. In accordance with the terms of the agreement and the promissory note which was signed by Photoniko, Inc. on April 2002, the loan was to be repaid in full to the Company no later than August 28, 2002, but still remains outstanding. The Company has provided a full reserve for this receivable.

Recent Pronouncements

 
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

      In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (FIN 46), which is an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51. FIN 46 provides guidance on identifying entities known as “variable interest entities” (VIEs) and determining when VIEs should be consolidated. This new approach for consolidation applies to entities: 1) whose equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance that entity’s activities without receiving additional subordinated financial support from other parties; or 2) where the equity investors, as a group, lack certain characteristics of a controlling financial interest. In addition, FIN 46 requires that both the primary beneficiary and other enterprises with a significant variable interest in a VIE make additional disclosures. Application of FIN 46 is required in financial statements of public entities that have interests in structures that are commonly referred to as special-purpose entities for periods ending after December 15, 2003. The Company does not have any interests in special-purpose entities and therefore the Interpretation has no impact on its financial position or results of operations. For all other types of variable interest entities FIN 46 is required in financial statements for periods ending after March 15, 2004. The Company does not have any interests in other types of variable interest entities and therefore does not expect this aspect of the Interpretation to have any impact on its financial position or results of operations when adopted in the first quarter of 2004.

Risk Factors

      The risks presented below may not be all of the risks that we may face. These are the factors that we believe could cause actual results to be different from expected and historical results. Other sections of this report include additional factors that could have an effect on our business and financial performance. The industries in which we compete are very competitive and change rapidly. Sometimes new risks emerge and management may not be able to predict all of them, or be able to predict how they may cause actual results to be different from those contained in any forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as a prediction of future results.

      A halt in economic growth or a slowdown will put pressure on our ability to meet anticipated revenue levels. We are seeing the beginning signs of an economic recovery from a broad-based economic slowdown that has been affecting most technology sectors and particularly the semiconductor and electronics markets. It is difficult to predict if this recovery can be sustained and expand. As a result, many of our customers continue to order low quantities or limit orders to about one quarter’s visibility. A large portion of our sales is dependent on the need for increased capacity or replacement of inefficient manufacturing processes, because of the capital-intensive nature of our customers’ businesses. These also tend to lag behind in an economic recovery longer than other businesses. If the recovery does not continue and expand, we may not be able to meet anticipated revenue levels on a quarterly or annual basis.

      We have experienced operating losses and may not sustain profitability. In the second half of 2003, we generated a profit from operations, but we have incurred operating losses on an annual basis since 1998. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we incurred a net loss of $2.2 million. No assurances can be given that we will sustain profitability in the future and the market price of our common shares may decline as a result.

      Our inability to remain profitable may result in the loss of significant deferred tax assets. In determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets requires subjective judgment and analysis. While the Company believes it can recover the current deferred tax assets within the next three years, based on profitability in the

39


Table of Contents

third and fourth quarters of 2003 and planned profits for 2004, the Company is not increasing its deferred tax assets based on current year performance. Our ability to recover deferred tax assets of $12.1 million at December 31, 2003 depends primarily upon the Company’s ability to generate future profits in the United States and United Kingdom tax jurisdictions. If actual results differ from our plans or we do not achieve profitability, we may be required to increase the valuation allowance on our tax assets by taking a charge to the Statement of Operations, which may have a material negative result on our operations.

      Our business depends significantly upon capital expenditures, including those by manufacturers in the semiconductor, electronics, machine tool and automotive industries, each of which are subject to cyclical fluctuations. The semiconductor and electronics, machine tool and automotive industries are cyclical and have historically experienced periods of oversupply, resulting in significantly reduced demand for capital equipment, including the products that we manufacture and market. The timing, length and severity of these cycles, and their impact on our business, are difficult to predict. For the foreseeable future, our operations will continue to depend upon capital expenditures in these industries, which, in turn, depend upon the market demand for their products. The cyclical variations in these industries have the most pronounced effect on our Laser Systems segment, due in large measure to that segment’s historical focus on the semiconductor and electronics industries and the Company’s need to support and maintain a comparatively larger global infrastructure (and, therefore, lesser ability to reduce fixed costs) than in our other segments. Our margins, net sales, financial condition and results of operations have been and will likely continue to be materially adversely affected by continued or further downturns or slowdowns in the semiconductor and electronics, machine tool and automotive industries that we serve.

      The success of our business is dependent upon our ability to respond to fluctuations in demand for our products. During a period of declining demand, we must be able quickly and effectively to reduce expenses while continuing to motivate and retain key employees. Our ability to reduce expenses in response to any downturn is limited by our need for continued investment in engineering and research and development and extensive ongoing customer service and support requirements. In addition, the long lead-time for production and delivery of some of our products creates a risk that we may incur expenditures or purchase inventories for products which we cannot sell. We attempt to manage this risk by employing inventory management practices such as outsourcing portions of the development and manufacturing processes, limiting our purchase commitments and focusing on production to order rather than to stock, but no assurances can be given that our efforts in this regard will be successful in mitigating this risk or that our financial condition or results of operations will not be materially adversely affected thereby.

      During a period of increasing demand and rapid growth, we must be able to increase manufacturing capacity quickly to meet customer demand and hire and assimilate a sufficient number of qualified personnel. Our inability to ramp up in times of increased demand could harm our reputation and cause some of our existing or potential customers to place orders with our competitors rather than with us.

      Fluctuations in our customers’ businesses, timing and recognition of revenues from customer orders and other factors beyond our control may cause our results of operations quarter over quarter to fluctuate, perhaps substantially. Our revenues and net income, if any, in any particular period may be lower than revenues and net income, if any, in a preceding or comparable period. Factors contributing to these fluctuations, some of which are beyond our control, include:

  •  fluctuations in our customers’ businesses;
 
  •  timing and recognition of revenues from customer orders;
 
  •  timing and market acceptance of new products or enhancements introduced by us or our competitors;
 
  •  availability of components from our suppliers and the manufacturing capacity of our subcontractors;
 
  •  timing and level of expenditures for sales, marketing and product development; and
 
  •  changes in the prices of our products or of our competitors’ products.

40


Table of Contents

      We derive a substantial portion of our sales from products that have a high average selling price and significant lead times between the initial order and delivery of the product, which, on average, can range from ten to fourteen weeks. We may receive one or more large orders in one quarter from a customer and then receive no orders from that customer in the next quarter. As a result, the timing and recognition of sales from customer orders can cause significant fluctuations in our operating results from quarter to quarter. If our quarterly revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or public market analysts, our common share price may decline as a result.

      Gross profits realized on product sales vary depending upon a variety of factors, including production volumes, the mix of products sold during a particular period, negotiated selling prices, the timing of new product introductions and enhancements and manufacturing costs.

      A delay in a shipment, or failure to meet our revenue recognition criteria, near the end of a fiscal quarter or year, due, for example, to rescheduling or cancellations by customers or to unexpected difficulties experienced by us, may cause sales in a particular period to fall significantly below our expectations and may materially adversely affect our operations for that period. Our inability to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for any sales shortfall would magnify the adverse impact of that sales shortfall on our results of operations.

      As a result of these factors, our results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in future periods. We believe that fluctuations in quarterly results may cause the market prices of our common shares, on The NASDAQ Stock Market and the Toronto Stock Exchange, to fluctuate, perhaps substantially.

      Our reliance upon third party distribution channels subjects us to credit, inventory, business concentration and business failure risks beyond our control. The Company sells products through resellers (which include OEMs, systems integrators and distributors). Reliance upon third party distribution sources subjects us to risks of business failure by these individual resellers, distributors and OEMs, and credit, inventory and business concentration risks. In addition, our net sales depend in part upon the ability of our OEM customers to develop and sell systems that incorporate our products. Adverse economic conditions, large inventory positions, limited marketing resources and other factors affecting these OEM customers could have a substantial impact upon our financial results. No assurances can be given that our OEM customers will not experience financial or other difficulties that could adversely affect their operations and, in turn, our financial condition or results of operations.

      The steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation or the development of competitive technologies or products by others that could harm our competitive position and materially adversely affect our results of operations. Our future success depends in part upon our intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation. There can be no assurance that the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate to prevent misappropriation or that others will not develop competitive technologies or products. As of February 2004, we held 142 United States and 107 foreign patents; in addition, applications were pending for 64 United States and 126 foreign patents. There can be no assurance that other companies are not investigating or developing other technologies that are similar to ours, that any patents will issue from any application filed by us or that, if patents do issue, the claims allowed will be sufficiently broad to deter or prohibit others from marketing similar products. In addition, there can be no assurance that any patents issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights thereunder will provide a competitive advantage to us.

      Our success depends upon our ability to protect our intellectual property and to successfully defend against claims of infringement by third parties. From time to time we receive notices from third parties alleging infringement of such parties’ patent or other proprietary rights by our products. While these notices are common in the laser industry and we have in the past been able to develop non-infringing technology or license necessary patents or technology on commercially reasonable terms, there can be no assurance that we would in the future prevail in any litigation seeking damages or expenses from us or to enjoin us from selling our products on the basis of such alleged infringement, or that we would be able to develop any non-infringing

41


Table of Contents

technology or license any valid and infringed patents on commercially reasonable terms. In the event any third party made a valid claim against us or our customers for which a license was not available to us on commercially reasonable terms, we would be adversely affected. Our failure to avoid litigation for infringement or misappropriation of propriety rights of third parties or to protect our propriety technology could result in a loss of revenues and profits or that we are forced to settle with these other parties.

      The industries in which we operate are highly competitive and competition in our markets could intensify, or our technological advantages may be reduced or lost, as a result of technological advances by our competitors. The industries in which we operate are highly competitive. We face substantial competition from established competitors, some of which have greater financial, engineering, manufacturing and marketing resources than we do. Our competitors can be expected to continue to improve the design and performance of their products and to introduce new products. There can be no assurance that we will successfully differentiate our current and proposed products from the products of our competitors or that the market place will consider our products to be superior to competing products. To maintain our competitive position, we believe that we will be required to continue a high level of investment in engineering, research and development, marketing and customer service and support. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to continue to make these investments, that we will be able to make the technological advances necessary to maintain our competitive position, or that our products will receive market acceptance. We may not be able to compete successfully in the future, and increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced profit margins, loss of market share and an inability to generate cash flows that are sufficient to maintain or expand our development of new products.

      Our operations in foreign countries subject us to risks not faced by companies operating exclusively in the United States. In addition to operating in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom, we currently have sales and service offices in Germany, Japan, Korea, Taiwan and the People’s Republic of China. During 2003, we closed our offices in France, Italy, Hong Kong, Malaysia and the Philippines, but we may in the future expand into other international regions. During the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately 51% and 41% of our revenue, respectively, were derived from our international operations. International operations are an expanding part of our business.

      Because of the scope of our international operations, we are subject to risks, which could materially impact our results of operations, including:

  •  foreign exchange rate fluctuations;
 
  •  longer payment cycles;
 
  •  greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;
 
  •  use of different systems and equipment;
 
  •  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and diverse cultures;
 
  •  protective tariffs;
 
  •  trade barriers and export/import controls;
 
  •  transportation delays and interruptions;
 
  •  reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and
 
  •  the impact of recessionary foreign economies.

      We cannot predict whether the United States or any other country will impose new quotas, tariffs, taxes or other trade barriers upon the importation of our products or supplies or gauge the effect that new barriers would have on our financial position or results of operations.

      We do not believe that travel advisories or health concerns have had a material effect on our business to date. However, no assurances can be given that future travel advisories or health concerns will not have an impact on our business.

42


Table of Contents

      Our operations could be negatively affected if we lose key executives or employees or are unable to attract and retain skilled executives and employees as needed. Our business and future operating results depend in part upon our ability to attract and retain qualified management, technical, sales and support personnel for our operations on a worldwide basis. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact our operations. Competition for qualified personnel is intense and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel.

      We may not develop, introduce or manage the transition to new products as successfully as our competitors. The markets for our products experience rapidly changing technologies, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions, changes in customer requirements and short product life cycles. To compete effectively we must continually introduce new products that achieve market acceptance. Our future performance will depend on the successful development, introduction and market acceptance of new and enhanced products that address technological changes as well as current and potential customer requirements. Developing new technology is a complex and uncertain process requiring us to be innovative and to accurately anticipate technological and market trends. We may have to manage the transition from older products to minimize disruption in customer ordering patterns, avoid excess inventory and ensure adequate supplies of new products. The introduction by us or by our competitors of new and enhanced products may cause our customers to defer or cancel orders for our existing products, which may harm our operating results. Failed market acceptance of new products or problems associated with new product transitions could harm our business.

      Delays or deficiencies in research, development, manufacturing, delivery of or demand for new products or of higher cost targets could have a negative impact on our business, operating results or financial condition. We are active in the research and development of new products and technologies. Our research and development efforts may not lead to the successful introduction of new or improved products. The development by others of new or improved products, processes or technologies may make our current or proposed products obsolete or less competitive. Our ability to control costs is limited by our need to invest in research and development. Because of intense competition in the industries in which we compete, if we were to fail to invest sufficiently in research and development, our products could become less attractive to potential customers and our business and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. As a result of our need to maintain our spending levels in this area, our operating results could be materially harmed if our net sales fall below expectations. In addition, as a result of our emphasis on research and development and technological innovation, our operating costs may increase further in the future and research and development expenses may increase as a percentage of total operating expenses and as a percentage of net sales.

      In addition, we may encounter delays or problems in connection with our research and development efforts. Product development delays may result from numerous factors, including:

  •  changing product specifications and customer requirements;
 
  •  difficulties in hiring and retaining necessary technical personnel;
 
  •  difficulties in reallocating engineering resources and overcoming resource limitations;
 
  •  changing market or competitive product requirements; and
 
  •  unanticipated engineering complexities.

      New products often take longer to develop, have fewer features than originally considered desirable and achieve higher cost targets than initially estimated. There may be delays in starting volume production of new products and new products may not be commercially successful. Products under development are often announced before introduction and these announcements may cause customers to delay purchases of existing products until the new or improved versions of those products are available.

      We may not be able to find suitable targets or consummate acquisitions in the future, and there can be no assurance that the acquisitions we have made and do in the future make will provide expected benefits. We have recently consummated three strategic acquisitions and intend in the future to continue to pursue other strategic acquisitions of businesses, technologies and products complementary to our own. Our identification

43


Table of Contents

of suitable acquisition candidates involves risks inherent in assessing the values, strengths, weaknesses, risks and profitability of acquisition candidates, including the effects of the possible acquisition on our business, diversion of management’s attention from our core businesses and risks associated with unanticipated problems or liabilities. No assurances can be given that management’s efforts in this regard will be sufficient, or that identified acquisition candidates will be receptive to our advances or, consistent with our acquisition strategy, accretive to earnings.

      Should we acquire another business, the process of integrating acquired operations into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties or additional expenses and may require the allocation of significant financial resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or expansion of our existing business. We attempt to mitigate these risks by focusing our attention on the acquisition of businesses, technologies and products that have current relevancy to our existing lines of business and that are complementary to our existing product lines. Other difficulties we may encounter, and which we may or may not be successful in addressing, include those risks associated with the potential entrance into markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and the potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired business.

      There is a risk that United States holders could be considered to hold shares in a passive foreign investment company under United States tax laws, which may have adverse tax consequences for United States holders of our shares. Under United States tax laws, United States investors who hold stock in a passive foreign investment company, referred to in this report as a PFIC, may be subject to adverse tax consequences. Any non-United States corporation may be classified as a PFIC if 75% or more of its gross income in any year is considered passive income for United States tax purposes. For this purpose, passive income generally includes interest, dividends and gains from the sale of assets that produce these types of income. In addition, a non-United States corporation may be classified as a PFIC if the average percentage of the fair market value of its gross total assets during any year that produced passive income (based on the average of such values as at each quarter end of that year), or that were held to produce passive income, is at least 50% of the fair market value of its gross total assets.

      The determination of whether a corporation is a PFIC is a fact-sensitive inquiry that depends, among other things, on the fair market value of its assets (and such value is subject to change from time to time). We believe that the Company is not now and has not in the past been a PFIC. However, there is a risk that United States holders of our shares will be deemed to hold shares in a PFIC. This risk may be mitigated, as the market value of the Company’s shares increase, or as investments in operating assets are made.

      The tax consequences to United States holders of disposing of shares in a PFIC are as follows. All gains recognized on the disposition of PFIC shares by a United States shareholder are taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, at the time of disposition, the United States shareholder incurs an interest charge. The interest is computed at the rate for underpayments of tax, generally as though the gain had been included in the United States shareholder’s gross income ratably over the period the United States shareholder held the PFIC’s stock, but payment of the resulting tax had been delayed until the sale or distribution. Similar rules apply to “excess distributions.” An excess distribution is a current year distribution received by a United States shareholder on PFIC stock, to the extent the distribution exceeds his or her ratable portion of 125% of the average amount so received during the three preceding years. The portion of an actual distribution that is not an excess distribution is not taxed under the excess distribution rules, but rather is treated as a distribution subject to the normal tax rules. A United States shareholder may avoid the effect of the forgoing rules if he or she makes a “qualified electing fund” election or a “mark-to-market election,” but then becomes subject to the special rules that apply to such elections.

      Our classification as a controlled foreign corporation could have adverse tax consequences for significant United States shareholders. A non-United States corporation, such as we are, will constitute a controlled foreign corporation, or CFC, for United States federal income tax purposes if United States shareholders owning (directly, indirectly, or constructively) 10% or more of the foreign corporation’s total combined voting power collectively own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) more than 50% of the total combined voting power or total value of the foreign corporation’s stock.

44


Table of Contents

      If we are treated as a CFC, this status should have no adverse effect on any shareholder who does not own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares. If, however, we are treated as a CFC for an uninterrupted period of thirty (30) days or more during any taxable year, any United States shareholder who owns (directly, indirectly, or constructively) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares on any day during the taxable year, and who directly or indirectly owns any shares on the last day of the year in which we are a CFC, will have to include in its gross income for United States federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the Company’s subpart F income (primarily consisting of investment income such as dividends, interest and capital gains on the sale of assets producing such income) relating to the period during which we are or were a CFC.

      In addition, if we were treated as a CFC, any gain realized on the sale of our shares by such a shareholder would be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the shareholder’s proportionate share of the undistributed earnings and profits of the Company accumulated during the shareholder’s holding period while we are a CFC. If the United States shareholder is a corporation, however, it may be eligible to credit against its United States tax liability with respect to these potential inclusions foreign taxes paid on the earnings and profits associated with the included income.

      We do not believe that we are currently, or have ever been, a CFC. However, no assurances can be given that we will not become a CFC in the future.

      We depend on limited source suppliers that could cause substantial manufacturing delays and additional cost if a disruption in supply occurs. While we attempt to mitigate risks associated with our reliance on single suppliers by actively managing our supply chain, we do obtain some components used in our business segments from a single source. We also rely on a limited number of independent contractors to manufacture subassemblies for some of our products, particularly in our Laser Systems segment. Despite our and their best efforts, there can be no assurance that our current or alternative sources will be able to continue to meet all of our demands on a timely basis. If suppliers or subcontractors experience difficulties that result in a reduction or interruption in supply to us, or fail to meet any of our manufacturing requirements, our business would be harmed until we are able to secure alternative sources, if any, on commercially reasonable terms.

      Each of our suppliers can be replaced, either by contracting with another supplier or through internal production of the part or parts previously purchased in the market, but no assurances can be given that we would be able to do so quickly enough to avoid an interruption or delay in delivery of our products to our customers and any associated harm to our reputation and customer relationships. Unavailability of necessary parts or components, or suppliers of the same, could require us to reengineer our products to accommodate available substitutions. Any such actions would likely increase our costs and could have a material adverse effect on manufacturing schedules, product performance and market acceptance, each or all of which could be expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

      Production difficulties and product delivery delays could materially adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition. We assemble our products at our facilities in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and the People’s Republic of China. If use of any of our manufacturing facilities were interrupted by natural disaster or otherwise, our operations could be negatively affected until we could establish alternative production and service operations. In addition, we may experience production difficulties and product delivery delays in the future as a result of:

  •  changing process technologies;
 
  •  ramping production;
 
  •  installing new equipment at our manufacturing facilities; and
 
  •  shortage of key components.

      If the economic and political conditions in United States and globally do not improve or if the economic turnaround is not sustained, we may continue to experience material adverse impacts on our business, operating results and financial condition. Our business is subject to the effects of general economic and political conditions globally. While there have been signs of improvement in 2003, our revenues and operating

45


Table of Contents

results through 2002 had declined partially due to unfavorable economic conditions as well as uncertainties arising out of the threatened terrorist attacks on the United States, including the potential worsening or extension of the current global economic slowdown, the economic consequences of protracted military action or additional terrorist activities and associated political instability and the impact of heightened security concerns on domestic and international travel and commerce. In particular, due to these uncertainties we are subject to:

  •  the risk that future tightening of immigration controls may adversely affect the residence status of non-United States engineers and other key technical employees in our United States facilities or our ability to hire new non-United States employees in such facilities; and
 
  •  the risk of more frequent instances of shipping delays.

      Increased governmental regulation of our business could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. We are subject to the laser radiation safety regulations of the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act administered by the National Center for Devices and Radiological Health, a branch of the United States Food and Drug Administration. Among other things, these regulations require a laser manufacturer to file new product and annual reports, to maintain quality control and sales records, to perform product testing, to distribute appropriate operating manuals, to incorporate design and operating features in lasers sold to end-users and to certify and label each laser sold to end-users as one of four classes (based on the level of radiation from the laser that is accessible to users). Various warning labels must be affixed and certain protective devices installed depending on the class of product. The National Center for Devices and Radiological Health is empowered to seek fines and other remedies for violations of the regulatory requirements. We are subject to similar regulatory oversight, including comparable enforcement remedies, in the European markets we serve.

      Changes in governmental regulations may reduce demand for our products or increase our expenses. We compete in many markets in which we and our customers must comply with federal, state, local and international regulations, such as environmental, health and safety and food and drug regulations. We develop, configure and market our products to meet customer needs created by those regulations. Any significant change in regulations could reduce demand for our products, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

      Defects in our products or problems arising from the use of our products together with other vendors’ products may seriously harm our business and reputation. Products as complex as ours may contain known and undetected errors or performance problems. Defects are frequently found during the period immediately following introduction and initial implementation of new products or enhancements to existing products. Although we attempt to resolve all errors that we believe would be considered serious by our customers before implementation, our products are not error-free. These errors or performance problems could result in lost revenues or customer relationships and could be detrimental to our business and reputation generally. In addition, our customers generally use our products together with their own products and products from other vendors. As a result, when problems occur in a combined environment, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. These problems may cause us to incur significant warranty and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and cause significant customer relations problems. To date, defects in our products or those of other vendors’ products with which ours are used by our customers have not had a material negative effect on our business. However, we cannot be certain that a material negative effect will not occur in the future.

 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

      Interest Rate Risk. Our exposure to market risk associated with changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash equivalents, short-term investments, long-term investments and debt obligations. As described in note 12 to the consolidated financial statements, at December 31, 2003, the Company had $49.7 million invested in cash equivalents and $42.7 million invested in short-term and long-term investments. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $53.3 million invested in cash equivalents and $66.4 million invested in short-term and long-term investments. Due to the average maturities and the nature of the current

46


Table of Contents

investment portfolio, a one percent change in interest rates could have approximately a $1.0 million on our interest income on an annual basis. We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We do not actively trade derivative financial instruments but may use them to manage interest rate positions associated with our debt instruments. We currently do not hold interest rate derivative contracts.

      Foreign Currency Risk. We have substantial sales and expenses and working capital in currencies other than U.S. dollars. As a result, we have exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations, which may be material. To reduce the Company’s exposure to exchange gains and losses, we generally transact sales and costs and related assets and liabilities in the functional currencies of the operations. We have a foreign currency hedging program using currency forwards, currency swaps and currency options to hedge exposure to foreign currencies. These financial instruments are used to fix the cash flow variable of local currency costs or selling prices denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. We do not currently use currency forwards or currency options for trading purposes. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company removed the designation of all short-term hedge contracts from their corresponding hedge relationships. Accordingly, such contracts are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized currently in income starting January 1, 2003, instead of included in accumulated other comprehensive income. Unrealized gains on these contracts included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2002 are recognized in the same periods as the underlying hedged transactions. Although the Company now marks-to-market short-term hedge contracts to the statement of operations, the Company does not intend to enter into hedging contracts for speculative purposes. At December 31, 2003, the Company had one long-term currency swap contract with a notional value of $8.7 million U.S. dollars and an aggregate fair value loss of $1.4 million after-tax recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.

      At December 31, 2002, the Company had eleven foreign exchange forward contracts to purchase $16.9 million U.S. dollars and one long-term currency swap contract fair valued at $8.7 million U.S. dollars with an aggregate fair value loss of $0.5 million after-tax recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and maturing at various dates in 2003.

47


Table of Contents

 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

GSI LUMONICS INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         
Auditors’ Report
    49  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002
    50  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
    51  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
    52  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
    53  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    54  

48


Table of Contents

AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholders of

GSI Lumonics Inc.

      We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of GSI Lumonics Inc. as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States and Canada. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

      In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

      On February 23, 2004, we reported without reservation to the stockholders on the Company’s consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

  ERNST & YOUNG LLP
  Chartered Accountants

Ottawa, Canada,
February 23, 2004

49


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(United States GAAP and in thousands of United States dollars, except share amounts)
                     
As of December 31,

2003 2002


ASSETS
Current
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents (note 12)
  $ 64,035     $ 83,633  
 
Short-term investments (note 12)
    39,562       28,999  
 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $4,465 (2002 — $2,681) (notes 4 and 9)
    53,040       33,793  
 
Income taxes receivable
    4,839       8,431  
 
Inventories (note 3)
    43,916       39,671  
 
Deferred tax assets (note 8)
    5,507       9,763  
 
Other current assets (note 3)
    8,048       4,448  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    218,947       208,738  
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $22,305 (2002 — $21,453) (note 3)
    52,982       26,675  
Deferred tax assets (note 8)
    6,642       7,443  
Other assets (note 3)
    2,297       3,360  
Long-term investments (note 12)
    3,743       37,405  
Intangible assets, net of amortization of $21,924 (2002 — $16,217) (note 3)
    23,985       13,467  
     
     
 
    $ 308,596     $ 297,088  
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current
               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 18,218     $ 9,235  
 
Accrued compensation and benefits
    7,424       6,523  
 
Other accrued expenses (note 3)
    18,451       20,845  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    44,093       36,603  
Deferred compensation (note 5)
    2,162       2,129  
Accrued minimum pension liability (note 7)
    1,553       3,875  
     
     
 
 
Total liabilities
    47,808       42,607  
Commitments and contingencies (note 11) 
               
Stockholders’ equity (note 6) 
               
 
Common shares, no par value; Authorized shares: unlimited; Issued and outstanding: 40,927,499 (2002 — 40,785,922)
    305,512       304,713  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    2,800       2,592  
 
Accumulated deficit
    (43,440 )     (41,270 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (4,084 )     (11,554 )
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    260,788       254,481  
     
     
 
    $ 308,596     $ 297,088  
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

50


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(United States GAAP and in thousands of United States dollars, except share amounts)
                                                           
Accumulated
Other
Capital Stock Additional Retained Comprehensive Comprehensive

Paid-In- Earnings Income Income
# Shares Amount Capital (Deficit) (Loss) Total (Loss)







(000’s)
Balance, December 31, 2000
    40,163     $ 301,667     $ 759     $ 1,152     $ (14,311 )   $ 289,267          
Net loss
                            (14,698 )             (14,698 )   $ (14,698 )
Issuance of capital stock
                                                       
 
— stock options
    344       1,503                               1,503          
 
— employee stock purchase plan
    51       334                               334          
Other
    (2 )                                            
Tax benefit associated with stock options
                    1,433                       1,433          
Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy for cash flow hedges
                                    (164 )     (164 )     (164 )
Realized loss on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as foreign currency cash flow hedging instruments, net of tax of $0
                                    164       164       164  
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedging instruments, net of tax of $567
                                    793       793       793  
Unrealized gain on equity securities, net of tax of $1,221
                                    2,269       2,269       2,269  
Reclassification adjustment for loss on sale of equity securities, net of tax of $1,683
                                    3,126       3,126       3,126  
Translation loss on liquidation of a subsidiary, net of tax of $0
                                    723       723       723  
Stock-based compensation
                    400                       400          
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                    (2,820 )     (2,820 )     (2,820 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2001
    40,556       303,504       2,592       (13,546 )     (10,220 )     282,330       (10,607 )
                                                     
 
Net loss
                            (27,724 )             (27,724 )     (27,724 )
Issuance of capital stock
                                                       
 
— stock options
    133       648                               648          
 
— employee stock purchase plan
    97       561                               561          
Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax of $0
                                    312       312       312  
Realized gain on cash flow hedging instruments, net of tax of $567
                                    (793 )     (793 )     (793 )
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedging instruments, net of tax of $0
                                    (521 )     (521 )     (521 )
Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax of $0
                                    (3,875 )     (3,875 )     (3,875 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                    3,543       3,543       3,543  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
    40,786       304,713       2,592       (41,270 )     (11,554 )     254,481       (29,058 )
                                                     
 
Net loss
                            (2,170 )             (2,170 )     (2,170 )
Issuance of capital stock
                                                       
 
— stock options
    67       399                               399          
 
— employee stock purchase plan
    74       400                               400          
Stock based compensation
                    208                       208          
Realized gain on investments, net of tax of $0
                                    (312 )     (312 )     (312 )
Realized gain on cash flow hedging instruments, net of tax of $0
                                    521       521       521  
Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax of $0
                                    2,322       2,322       2,322  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                    4,939       4,939       4,939  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2003
    40,927     $ 305,512     $ 2,800     $ (43,440 )   $ (4,084 )   $ 260,788     $ 5,300  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

51


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(United States GAAP and in thousands of United States dollars, except per share amounts)
                             
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Sales
  $ 185,561     $ 159,070     $ 247,904  
Cost of goods sold (note 10)
    117,084       109,876       162,122  
     
     
     
 
Gross profit
    68,477       49,194       85,782  
Operating expenses:
                       
 
Research and development
    13,895       19,724       24,902  
 
Selling, general and administrative
    48,952       56,203       74,547  
 
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    5,657       5,135       5,226  
 
Restructuring (note 10)
    3,228       6,448       2,930  
 
Other (note 10)
    831       (1,021 )     (148 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    72,563       86,489       107,457  
     
     
     
 
Loss from operations
    (4,086 )     (37,295 )     (21,675 )
 
Gain (loss) on sale of assets and investments (note 2 and 10)
    103             (4,809 )
 
Interest income
    1,886       2,744       5,084  
 
Interest expense
    (202 )     (701 )     (897 )
 
Foreign exchange transaction gains (losses)
    451       (825 )     (175 )
 
Other income (expense) (note 9)
          (628 )      
     
     
     
 
Loss before income taxes
    (1,848 )     (36,705 )     (22,472 )
Income tax provision (benefit) (note 8)
    322       (8,981 )     (7,774 )
     
     
     
 
Net loss
  $ (2,170 )   $ (27,724 )   $ (14,698 )
     
     
     
 
Net loss per common share:
                       
 
Basic
  $ (0.05 )   $ (0.68 )   $ (0.36 )
 
Diluted
  $ (0.05 )   $ (0.68 )   $ (0.36 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding (000’s)
    40,837       40,663       40,351  
Weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted net loss per common share (000’s)
    40,837       40,663       40,351  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

52


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(United States GAAP and in thousands of United States dollars)
                           
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net loss for the year
  $ (2,170 )   $ (27,724 )   $ (14,698 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:
                       
 
Loss on sale of assets and investments
    382       62       5,267  
 
Translation loss on liquidation of a subsidiary
                723  
 
Stock-based compensation
    208             400  
 
Reduction of long-lived assets
          2,510       2,483  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    10,439       10,919       11,918  
 
Deferred income taxes
    48       4,267       6,688  
Changes in current assets and liabilities:
                       
 
Accounts receivable
    (6,216 )     9,356       47,083  
 
Inventories
    8,271       19,632       8,917  
 
Other current assets
    (1,047 )     840       1,403  
 
Accounts payable, accruals, and taxes (receivable) payable
    11,912       (8,145 )     (87,662 )
     
     
     
 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    21,827       11,717       (17,478 )
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired (note 2)
    (44,298 )            
 
Purchase of leased buildings (note 10)
    (18,925 )            
 
Sale of assets and investments
    847             45,822  
 
Additions to property, plant and equipment, net
    (2,699 )     (2,952 )     (8,639 )
 
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of short-term and other investments
    188,990       110,014       85,834  
 
Purchase of short-term and other investments
    (165,547 )     (132,877 )     (109,355 )
 
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    (23 )     1,979       (1,219 )
     
     
     
 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (41,655 )     (23,836 )     12,443  
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
 
Payments of bank indebtedness
          (6,441 )     (4,117 )
 
Repayment of long-term debt
          (3,000 )     (4,000 )
 
Issue of share capital (net of issue costs)
    799       1,209       1,837  
     
     
     
 
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    799       (8,232 )     (6,280 )
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    (569 )     1,025       416  
     
     
     
 
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (19,598 )     (19,326 )     (10,899 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    83,633       102,959       113,858  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 64,035     $ 83,633     $ 102,959  
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

53


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2003
(United States GAAP and tabular amounts in thousands of United States dollars except share amounts)
 
1. Significant Accounting Policies
 
Nature of operations

      We design, develop, manufacture, market and support components, lasers and laser-based advanced manufacturing systems as enabling tools for a wide range of applications. Our products allow customers to meet demanding manufacturing specifications, including device complexity and miniaturization, as well as advances in materials and process technology. Major markets for our products include the medical, automotive, semiconductor, and electronics industries. In addition, we sell our products and services to other markets such as light industrial and aerospace. The Company’s principal markets are in North America, Europe, Japan and Asia-Pacific. The Company is incorporated in New Brunswick, Canada.

 
Basis of presentation

      These consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company in United States (U.S.) dollars and in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, applied on a consistent basis.

 
Basis of consolidation

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GSI Lumonics Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Company”). Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

 
Comparative amounts

      Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003. These reclassifications had no effect on the previously reported results of operations or financial position.

 
Use of estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 
Cash equivalents

      Cash equivalents are investments held to maturity with original maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents, consisting principally of commercial paper, short-term corporate debt, and banker’s acceptances, are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash equivalents.

 
Investments

      Short-term, long-term and other investments consist principally of commercial paper, government securities, short-term corporate debt, and banker’s acceptances with original maturities greater than three months for short-term investments and greater than twelve months for long-term investments. The Company has classified these investments as available-for-sale securities that are stated at estimated fair value based upon market quotes. Unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities determined on a

54


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

specific basis are excluded from earnings and reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income until realized.

 
Inventories

      Inventories, which include materials and conversion costs, are stated at the lower of cost (primarily first-in, first-out) or market. Market is defined as replacement cost for raw materials and net realizable value for other inventories. Demo inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or its net realizable value.

 
Property, plant and equipment

      Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and the declining-balance and straight-line methods are used to determine depreciation and amortization over estimated useful lives. Estimated useful lives for buildings and improvements range from 2 to 39 years and for machinery and equipment from 1 to 15 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the lease term, including option periods expected to be utilized.

 
Intangible assets

      Intangibles assets include purchased trademarks and trade names, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods from three to fifteen years from the date of acquisition. Patents and purchased technology are stated at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected life of the asset, up to 19 years. Customer relationships are stated at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected life of the asset, up to 10 years.

 
Impairment of long-lived assets

      When events and circumstances warrant a review, the Company evaluates the carrying values of long-lived assets and purchased intangibles in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (SFAS 144). The carrying value of a long-lived asset and purchased intangible is considered impaired when the anticipated undiscounted cash flow from such asset is less than its carrying value. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value. Fair value is determined using anticipated discounted cash flows. Reporting units are determined by segments for impairment tests.

 
Revenue recognition

      We recognize product revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, risk of loss has passed to the customer and collection of the resulting receivable is probable. We design, market and sell our products as standard configurations. Accordingly, customer acceptance provisions for standard configurations are generally based on seller-specified criteria, which we demonstrate prior to shipment. Revenue on new products is deferred until we have established a track record of customer acceptance on these new products. When customer-specified objective criteria exist, revenue is deferred until customer acceptance if we cannot demonstrate the system meets these specifications prior to shipment. There are no significant obligations that remain after shipping other than normal warranty and some installation. Installation is usually a routine process without problems and the Company considers it to be inconsequential or perfunctory. The Company typically negotiates trade discounts and agreed terms in advance of order acceptance and records any such items as a reduction of revenue. The Company rarely has returns and/or price adjustments; credits for returns under warranty occur mostly in the Components segment, and are not frequent. Shipping and handling costs are normally borne by the customer and the Company’s normal practice is to ship “collect,” with no charge for shipping and handling on the invoice.

55


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Revenue associated with service or maintenance contracts is recognized ratably over the life of the contract, which is generally one year.

 
Product Warranty

      We generally warrant our products for a period of up to 12 months for material and labor to repair and service the system. A provision for the estimated cost related to warranty is recorded at the time revenue is recognized.

      Our estimate of costs to service the warranty obligations is based on historical experience and expectation of future conditions. To the extent we experience increased warranty claims or increased costs associated with servicing those claims, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be made.

 
Stock based compensation

      The Company uses the intrinsic value method for accounting for its stock option plans as proscribed in APB 25.

 
Pro forma stock based compensation

      Had compensation cost for the Company’s stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts below.

                           
2003 2002 2001



Net loss:
                       
 
As reported
  $ (2,170 )   $ (27,724 )   $ (14,698 )
 
Stock based compensation included in results of operations
    208             200  
 
Stock based compensation if fair value based method was applied
    (2,706 )     (3,612 )     (3,334 )
     
     
     
 
 
Pro forma
  $ (4,668 )   $ (31,336 )   $ (17,832 )
Basic net loss per share:
                       
 
As reported
  $ (0.05 )   $ (0.68 )   $ (0.36 )
 
Pro forma
  $ (0.11 )   $ (0.77 )   $ (0.44 )
Diluted loss per share:
                       
 
As reported
  $ (0.05 )   $ (0.68 )   $ (0.36 )
 
Pro forma
  $ (0.11 )   $ (0.77 )   $ (0.44 )

      The fair value of options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

                         
2003 2002 2001



Risk-free interest rate
    1.9 %     3.1 %     4.1 %
Expected dividend yield
                 
Expected life from date of grant
    4.0 years       4.0 years       4.0 years  
Expected volatility
    62 %     67 %     70 %
Weighted average fair value per share
  $ 2.56     $ 5.27     $ 4.82  

      The fair value of the employees’ purchase rights under the employee stock purchase plan was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-model with the following assumptions: dividend yield of nil (2002 and 2001 —

56


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

nil); an expected life of 6 months (2002 and 2001 — 6 months); expected volatility of 60% (2002 — 67%, 2001 — 70%); and risk-free interest rate of 1.1% (2002 — 1.75%, 2001 — 3.45%). The weighted-average fair value of those purchase rights granted in 2003 was $2.27 (2001 — $3.71, 2001 — $2.98).

     Foreign currency translation

      The financial statements of the parent corporation and its subsidiaries outside the United States have been translated into United States dollars in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation. Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated from foreign currencies into United States dollars at the exchange rates in effect on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate in effect for the period. Accordingly, gains and losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements are reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in net income.

 
Derivative financial instruments

      As of January 1, 2001, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS 133), which was issued in June 1998 and its amendments, Statements 137 and 138, issued in June 1999 and June 2000, respectively.

      The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swap contracts and foreign exchange contracts, in the consolidated financial statements at fair value regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the instrument. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are either recognized periodically in income or in stockholders’ equity as a component of comprehensive income depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting and, if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or cash flow hedge. Generally, changes in fair value of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in income along with the portions of the changes in fair values of the hedged items that relate to the hedged risk(s). Changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective as hedges, are recorded in other comprehensive income net of deferred taxes. Changes in fair value of derivatives used as hedges of the net investment in foreign operations are reported in other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. Changes in fair values of derivatives not qualifying as hedges are reported in income as foreign currency transaction gains (losses).

      The Company accounted for the accounting change as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. The Company recorded a transition adjustment loss of $164 thousand in other comprehensive income as a result of adopting SFAS 133. The loss was recognized in earnings during the period ended March 30, 2001, and at that time the underlying hedged transactions were realized.

      Effective January 1, 2003, the Company removed the designation of all short-term hedge contracts from their corresponding hedge relationships. Accordingly, such contracts are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized currently in income starting January 1, 2003, instead of included in accumulated other comprehensive income. Unrealized gains on these contracts included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2002 are recognized in the same periods as the underlying hedged transactions. Although the Company now marks-to-market short-term hedge contracts to the statement of operations, the Company does not intend to enter into hedging contracts for speculative purposes.

 
Income taxes

      The liability method is used to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax

57


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established to reduce the deferred tax asset if it is “more likely than not” that the related tax benefits will not be realized in the future.

Recent accounting pronouncements

 
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

      In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (FIN 46), which is an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51. FIN 46 provides guidance on identifying entities known as “variable interest entities” (VIEs) and determining when VIEs should be consolidated. This new approach for consolidation applies to entities: 1) whose equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance that entity’s activities without receiving additional subordinated financial support from other parties; or 2) where the equity investors, as a group, lack certain characteristics of a controlling financial interest. In addition, FIN 46 requires that both the primary beneficiary and other enterprises with a significant variable interest in a VIE make additional disclosures. Application of FIN 46 is required in financial statements of public entities that have interests in structures that are commonly referred to as special-purpose entities for periods ending after December 15, 2003. The Company does not have any interests in special-purpose entities and therefore the Interpretation has no impact on its financial position or results of operations. For all other types of variable interest entities FIN 46 is required in financial statements for periods ending after March 15, 2004. The Company does not have any interests in other types of variable interest entities and therefore does not expect this aspect of the Interpretation to have any impact on its financial position or results of operations when adopted in the first quarter of 2004.

 
2. Business Combinations and Divestitures
 
Purchases

      On May 2, 2003, the Company acquired the principal assets of the Encoder division of Dynamics Research Corporation (DRC), located in Wilmington, Massachusetts. The purchase price of $3.1 million was comprised of $3.0 million in cash and $0.1 million in costs of the acquisition. The purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition, as noted below.

         
Estimated Fair
Value at
Acquisition Date

(In millions)
Accounts receivable
  $ 0.9  
Inventories
    1.1  
Property, plant and equipment
    0.2  
Acquired technology
    1.1  
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
    (0.2 )
     
 
Total purchase price
  $ 3.1  
     
 

      The estimated excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable tangible assets acquired (approximately $1.1 million) is recorded as acquired technology to be amortized over its estimated useful life of four years. There was no goodwill associated with this acquisition. There was no purchased in process research and development included with this acquisition, therefore no amounts were written off to results of operations. The Company’s consolidated results of operations have included the Encoder division activity as of the closing date of May 2, 2003. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effects of the acquisition were not material to the Company. The addition of the Encoder division assets represents the

58


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

addition of technology and products that expand the Company’s offering of precision motion control components. The integration of the Encoder division into the Company’s Components Group in Billerica, Massachusetts was completed during the third quarter of 2003.

      The acquisition of the principal assets of Spectron Laser Systems Limited, a subsidiary of Lumenis Ltd (Spectron), located in Rugby, United Kingdom closed on May 7, 2003. The purchase price of approximately $6.4 million, subject to final adjustment, was comprised of $5.8 million in cash and $0.6 million in estimated costs of the acquisition. The purchase price allocation is not yet final, as the parties are negotiating certain purchase price adjustments, related primarily to inventory, and other indemnification claims submitted by the Company. The purchase price, which is subject to final adjustment, is allocated to the assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition, as noted below.

         
Estimated Fair
Value at
Acquisition Date

(In millions)
Accounts receivable
  $ 1.9  
Inventories
    3.0  
Other current assets
    0.1  
Property, plant and equipment
    0.5  
Other investment
    0.6  
Acquired technology
    1.8  
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
    (1.5 )
     
 
Total purchase price
  $ 6.4  
     
 

      The estimated excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable tangible assets acquired (1.1 million British pounds sterling or approximately $1.8 million) is recorded as acquired technology to be amortized over its estimated useful life of five years. There was no goodwill associated with this acquisition. There was no purchased in process research and development included with this acquisition, therefore no amounts were written off to results of operations. The Company’s consolidated results of operations have included the Spectron activity as of the closing date of May 7, 2003. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effects of the acquisition were not material to the Company. This acquisition adds both diode pumped laser solid state (DPSS) technology and products to the Company’s marketplace offerings, as well as expanded product lines in both lamp pumped (LPSS) and CO(2)-based technologies. The integration of this acquisition into the Company’s Laser Group in Rugby, United Kingdom was completed during the third quarter of 2003.

      On December 10, 2003, GSI Lumonics Corporation completed the purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Westwind Air Bearings Inc. from FR Holdings Inc. and GSI Lumonics Limited completed the purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Westwind Air Bearings Limited from Cobham Plc and Lockman Investments Limited. Both GSI Lumonics Corporation and GSI Lumonics Limited are wholly owned subsidiaries of GSI Lumonics Inc. The combined purchase price of $34.9 million was comprised of $33.7 million in cash, which is net of cash acquired of $2.6 million and $1.2 million in costs of the acquisition. The amount of the consideration was determined through arm’s length negotiations between the parties and was financed out of available cash and investments at hand. Subject to final adjustments, the purchase price

59


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

was allocated to the assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition as noted below.

         
Estimated Fair
Value at
Acquisition Date

(In millions)
Accounts receivable
  $ 7.7  
Inventories
    6.3  
Other current assets
    1.3  
Property, plant and equipment
    13.4  
Intangible assets
    12.6  
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
    (6.2 )
Deferred tax liability
    (0.2 )
     
 
Total purchase price
  $ 34.9  
     
 

      The estimated fair value of intangible assets acquired were recorded as follows:

                 
Estimated Fair
Value at
Acquisition Estimated
Date Useful Life


(In millions) (In years)
Customer relationships
  $ 5.3       10  
Tradename
    1.6       15  
Acquired technology
    5.7       8  
     
         
Total intangible assets
  $ 12.6          
     
         

There was no goodwill associated with this acquisition. There was no purchased in process research and development included with this acquisition, therefore no amounts were written off to results of operations. The Company’s consolidated results of operations have included Westwind activity as of the closing date of December 10, 2003. The addition of Westwind represents the addition of technology and products that expand the Company’s offering of enabling components to include high precision rotary motion technology using air bearings. Pro forma results of operations, as if the purchase had occurred at the beginning of each fiscal period are presented below.

                 
Pro Forma Combined
(Unaudited) Year Ended
December 31,

2003 2002


Sales
  $ 215,840     $ 182,230  
Net loss
  $ 6,331     $ 31,187  
Net loss per common share: basic and diluted
  $ 0.16     $ 0.77  
Weighted average shares outstanding: basic and diluted
    40,837       40,663  

     Divestitures

      On April 2, 2001, the Company completed the sale of operating assets of the Laserdyne and Custom Systems product lines for cash proceeds of approximately $7.3 million. Sales for these product lines were $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

60


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
3. Supplementary Balance Sheet Information

      The following tables provide the details of selected balance sheet items as at December 31:

     Inventories

                   
2003 2002


Raw materials
  $ 15,762     $ 16,380  
Work-in-process
    10,057       7,468  
Finished goods
    14,127       11,114  
Demo inventory
    3,970       4,709  
     
     
 
 
Total inventories
  $ 43,916     $ 39,671  
     
     
 

     Property, Plant and Equipment, net

                   
2003 2002


Cost:
               
Land, buildings and improvements
  $ 29,146     $ 12,102  
Machinery and equipment
    46,141       36,026  
     
     
 
 
Total cost
    75,287       48,128  
Accumulated depreciation
    (22,305 )     (21,453 )
     
     
 
 
Net property, plant and equipment
  $ 52,982     $ 26,675  
     
     
 

Depreciation expense was $4.8 million, $5.9 million and $6.7 million for 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

     Other Assets

                   
2003 2002


Short term other assets:
               
 
Note receivable
  $     $ 563  
 
Prepaid VAT and VAT receivable
    2,404       1,193  
 
Other prepaid expenses
    2,465       1,772  
 
Other current assets
    3,179       920  
     
     
 
Total
  $ 8,048     $ 4,448  
     
     
 
Long term other assets:
               
 
Deposits and other
  $ 386     $ 425  
 
Mortgage receivable
    1,911        
 
Facilities available for sale (note 10)
          2,935  
     
     
 
Total
  $ 2,297     $ 3,360  
     
     
 

      The note receivable included in the December 31, 2002 bore interest at the prime rate and was receivable in quarterly installments of $0.3 million, ending in June 2003. During 2003, the Company recorded a reserve of approximately $0.6 million on the note receivable because of a default on the quarterly payment due in March 2003.

61


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      At December 31, 2002, the Company had two facilities that were classified as available for sale. One was a 75,000 square foot facility in Kanata, Ontario and the other was a 17,000 square foot facility in Nepean, Ontario. Both of these facilities became available for sale in 2002, as a result of restructuring actions that occurred (Note 10). These buildings were recorded at their estimated fair market value at December 31, 2002 (approximately $2.2 million for the Kanata, Ontario property and $0.7 million for Nepean, Ontario). The Nepean facility was sold in the second quarter of 2003. The Kanata facility was sold in the fourth quarter of 2003. As part of the sale agreement for the Kanata property, the Company entered into an interest free mortgage agreement denominated in Canadian dollars with the purchaser. The mortgage receivable of $2.1 million (or Canadian $2.7 million) was discounted at a rate of 2.5% to a carrying value of $1.9 million. The principal is due November 30, 2006. This mortgage receivable is included in other assets at December 31, 2003.

      Intangible assets consist of the following:

                                   
December 31, 2003 December 31, 2002


Accumulated Accumulated
Cost Amortization Cost Amortization




Patents and acquired technology
  $ 37,725     $ (21,451 )   $ 28,660     $ (15,850 )
Customer relationships
    5,442                    
Trademarks and trade names
    2,742       (473 )     1,024       (367 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total cost
    45,909     $ (21,924 )     29,684     $ (16,217 )
             
             
 
Accumulated amortization
    (21,924 )             (16,217 )        
     
             
         
 
Net intangible assets
  $ 23,985             $ 13,467          
     
             
         

      Amortization of intangible asset expense subsequent to December 31, 2003 is:

         
2004
  $ 3,953  
2005
    3,189  
2006
    3,190  
2007
    3,010  
2008
    2,605  
Thereafter
    8,038  
     
 
Total amortization expense
  $ 23,985  
     
 

     Other Accrued Expenses

                 
2003 2002


Accrued warranty
  $ 4,571     $ 3,383  
Deferred revenue
    3,344       3,404  
VAT payable
    1,249       962  
Accrued restructuring (note 10)
    1,390       8,790  
Unrealized loss on currency swap
    1,466        
Accrual for recourse receivable
    1,306       1,354  
Other
    5,125       2,952  
     
     
 
Total
  $ 18,451     $ 20,845  
     
     
 

62


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Accrued Warranty

                 
Year Ended
December 31,

2003 2002


Balance at the beginning of the period
  $ 3,383     $ 4,027  
Charged to costs and expenses
    4,047       5,624  
Warranty accruals established as part of acquisitions
    832        
Use of provision
    (3,825 )     (6,358 )
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    134       90  
     
     
 
Balance at the end of the period
  $ 4,571     $ 3,383  
     
     
 
 
4. Bank Indebtedness

      At December 31, 2003, the Company had no lines of credit but had two bank guarantees in Pounds Sterling and Euros with National Westminster Bank, or NatWest, and Deutsche Bank respectively, for a total amount of available credit of $0.2 million versus lines of credit and guarantees of $12.1 million at December 31, 2002. At December 31, 2002, the Company had an $8.0 million line of credit with Fleet that expired and was replaced with a pledge agreement on June 27, 2003 for $4.0 million, which is used to support the foreign currency swap contract. At December 31, 2003, pursuant to a security agreement between the Company and Fleet, marketable securities totaling $5.0 million had been pledged as collateral for the Fleet pledge agreement. NatWest provides a $0.1 million bank guarantee for letters of credit used for VAT and duty purposes in the United Kingdom. The Deutsche Bank guarantee of $0.1 is for our Munich, Germany office lease.

      At December 31, 2002, the Company had a line of credit with Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC) denominated in Canadian dollars for approximately U.S. $4.0 million. The Company reviewed this $4.0 million line of credit with CIBC and a decision to cancel the line of credit was conveyed to CIBC prior to December 31, 2002. By giving CIBC appropriate advance notice, the Company initiated its right to cancel the line of credit at any time at no cost, excluding breakage fees relating to the used and outstanding amounts under fixed loan instruments, which we were not material. The $4.0 million line of credit with CIBC was reduced by the end of the first quarter in 2003 to two letters of credit totaling $0.4 million, which were used to support the Company’s payroll and credit card programs. These two letters of credit were cancelled in the second quarter of 2003, thereby eliminating the CIBC line of credit.

 
5. Deferred Compensation

      Certain officers and employees have deferred payment of a portion of their compensation until termination of employment or later. Interest on the outstanding balance is credited quarterly at the prime rate, which averaged 4.1% during the year ended December 31, 2003 (2002 — 4.7%). The portion of deferred compensation estimated to be due within one year is included in accrued compensation and benefits.

 
6. Stockholders’ Equity

     Capital stock

      The authorized capital of the Company consists of an unlimited number of common shares without nominal or par value. During 2001, the Company reduced its common shares outstanding for 2,309 shares that were not claimed since the merger between General Scanning, Inc. and Lumonics, Inc.

63


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Accumulated other comprehensive loss

      The following table provides the details of accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31;

                   
2003 2002


Unrealized gain on investments (net of tax of $0)
  $     $ 312  
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedging (net of tax of $0 for 2002)
          (521 )
Accumulated foreign currency translations
    (2,531 )     (7,470 )
Additional minimum pension liability (net of tax of $0)
    (1,553 )     (3,875 )
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ (4,084 )   $ (11,554 )
     
     
 

     Net income (loss) per common share

      Basic income (loss) per common share was computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. For diluted income per common share, the denominator also includes dilutive outstanding stock options and warrants determined using the treasury stock method. As a result of the net losses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the effect of converting options and warrants was antidilutive.

      Common and common equivalent share disclosures are:

                         
Year Ended December 31, ?

2003 2002 2001



(In thousands)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    40,837       40,663       40,351  
Dilutive potential common shares
                 
                   
     
     
     
 
Diluted common shares
    40,837       40,663       40,351  
     
     
     
 
Options and warrants excluded from diluted income per common share as their effect would be antidilutive
    3,461       3,676       3,633  
     
     
     
 

     Shareholder rights plan

      On April 12, 1999, the Board of Directors adopted a Shareholders Rights Plan (the “Plan”). Under this Plan one Right has been issued in respect of each common share outstanding as of that date and one Right has been and will be issued in respect of each common share issued thereafter. Under the Plan, each Right, when exercisable, entitles the holder to purchase from the Company one common share at the exercise price of Cdn$200, subject to adjustment and certain anti-dilution provisions (the “Exercise Price”). At the annual meeting of the shareholders held on May 9, 2002, the shareholders adopted a resolution to approve the continued existence of the Plan.

      The Rights are not exercisable and cannot be transferred separately from the common shares until the “Separation Time”, which is defined as the eighth business day (subject to extension by the Board) after the earlier of (a) the “Stock Acquisition Date” which is generally the first date of public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (excluding certain persons and groups) has acquired beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the outstanding common shares, or (b) the date of commencement of, or first public announcement of the intent of any person or group of affiliated or associated persons to commence, a Take-over Bid. At such time as any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an “Acquiring Person” (a “Flip-In Event”), each Right shall constitute the right to purchase from the Company that number of common shares having an aggregate Market Price on the date of the Flip-In Event

64


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

equal to twice the Exercise Price, for the Exercise Price (such Right being subject to anti-dilution adjustments).

      So long as the Rights are not transferable separately from the common shares, the Company will issue one Right with each new common share issued. The Rights could have certain anti-takeover effects, in that they would cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by the Board of Directors.

 
Stock options

      In conjunction with the merger with General Scanning, Inc., the Company adopted outstanding options held by employees under nonqualified and incentive stock options plans of General Scanning, Inc. (the 1981 Stock Option Plan of GSI and the 1992 Stock Option Plan of GSI) and issued 2,051,903 stock options of the Company in exchange. At December 31, 2003, options to purchase 597,180 shares of common stock remained outstanding under the assumed General Scanning, Inc. stock option plans. In addition, the Company adopted outstanding warrants for the purchase of common stock issued to non-employee members of the General Scanning, Inc. Board of Directors under the 1995 Directors’ Warrant Plan of GSI. The warrants are subject to vesting as determined by a committee of the Board of Directors at the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. During the year ended December 31, 2003, none were granted, cancelled or exercised. At December 31, 2003, 51,186 warrants, of which all are exercisable, remain outstanding at prices ranging from $9.65 to $15.41 per share. The warrants are included in the stock option activity table in this note.

      Lumonics Inc. had three (3) stock option plans in existence for key employees and for directors prior to the merger with General Scanning, Inc., known as the May 1994 Executive Management Plan (“May 1994 Plan”), the September 1994 Key Employee and Director Plan (“September 1994 Plan”) and the 1995 Stock Option Plan (“1995 Option Plan”). Outstanding options under these three plans vest over periods of one to four years beginning on the date of grant. The options expire over a period of two to ten years beginning at the date of grant. With respect to the May 1994 Plan, a total of 700,000 options were authorized for issuance under the plan and at December 31, 2000, no options remained outstanding under the plan. With respect to the September 1994 Plan, a total of 1,094,000 options were authorized for issuance under the plan and at December 31, 2000, there were no options outstanding under the plan. All options that were still outstanding under the May 1994 Plan and the September 1994 Plan expired on September 14, 2001. No additional options will be granted under the May 1994 Plan or the September 1994 Plan. With respect to the 1995 Option Plan, a total of 4,906,000 options have been authorized for issuance under the plan.

      The 1995 Option Plan referenced above, which was established in September 1995 by Lumonics Inc. for the benefit of employees (including contract employees), consultants, and directors of the Company, remained in place following the merger with General Scanning, Inc. in 1999 and as of the date of this Form 10-K, is the only Company stock option plan under which new options may be granted. Subject to the requirements of the 1995 Option Plan, the Compensation Committee or in lieu thereof, the Board of Directors, has the authority to select those directors, consultants, and employees to whom options will be granted, date of the grant, the number of options to be granted and other terms and conditions of the Options. The exercise price of options granted under the 1995 Option Plan must be equal to the closing price of the Company’s common shares on The Toronto Stock Exchange, or in lieu thereof, The NASDAQ Stock Market, on the day immediately preceding the date of grant. The exercise period of each option is determined by the Compensation Committee but may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. The 1995 Option Plan initially authorized the issuance of a maximum of 406,000 options to purchase common shares. This authorization was increased to: 1,906,000 on May 6, 1997, 2,906,000 on May 11, 1999, and 4,906,000 on May 8, 2000; with all such increases being approved by the shareholders. Currently, a maximum of 4,906,000 options to purchase common shares are permitted to be issued under the 1995 Option Plan. The Compensation Committee has the power to amend, modify, or terminate the 1995 Option Plan provided that optionee’s rights are not

65


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

materially adversely affected and subject to any approvals required under the applicable regulatory requirements. At December 31, 2003, 543,046 (2002 — 424,801) options were available for grant under the 1995 Option Plan.

      In July 1999, the Company offered employee option holders an exchange of one option for each two options outstanding with exercise prices over $9.00 or Cdn$13.32. Under this exchange 243,597 options with exercise price of $4.63 or Cdn$6.95 per share, the then-current market price of the stock, were granted with a new vesting schedule, and 487,194 options were cancelled. The Company is accounting for the replacement options as variable from July 1, 2000, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation — an Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25, until the options are exercised, forfeited or expire unexercised. During 2003, the Company recorded $0.2 million in compensation expense, which is included in its results of operation and as additional paid in capital.

      During 2001, the Company accelerated vesting of certain options and recorded compensation expense of $0.2 million in results of operations.

      Stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 is presented below.

                 
Weighted
Options Avg. Exercise
(thousands) Price


Outstanding at December 31, 2000
    3,085     $ 11.20  
Granted
    1,835       9.37  
Exercised
    (344 )     4.38  
Forfeited
    (943 )     12.61  
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2001
    3,633       10.45  
Granted
    736       8.58  
Exercised
    (133 )     4.78  
Forfeited
    (560 )     11.81  
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2002
    3,676       10.11  
Granted
    226       4.33  
Exercised
    (67 )     5.95  
Forfeited
    (374 )     10.88  
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2003
    3,461     $ 9.83  
     
     
 
Exercisable at December 31, 2003
    2,143     $ 10.35  
     
     
 

66


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following summarizes outstanding and exercisable options outstanding on December 31, 2003:

                                         
Options Outstanding Exercisable Options


Number Weighted Weighted Number of Weighted
of Average Average Options Average
Options Remaining Exercise Exercisable Exercise
Range of Exercise Prices (000’s) Life Price (000’s) Price






$ 1.75 to $ 4.38
    537       3.2  years     $ 4.30       335     $ 4.30  
$ 4.45 to $ 8.22
    452       3.4  years     $ 5.45       364     $ 5.09  
$ 8.35 to $ 8.90
    445       4.1  years     $ 8.42       128     $ 8.47  
$ 8.93 to $ 8.93
    818       3.3  years     $ 8.93       408     $ 8.93  
$ 8.98 to $14.66
    679       4.0  years     $ 12.05       485     $ 12.84  
$15.06 to $22.13
    530       2.9  years     $ 18.90       423     $ 18.76  
     
                     
         
      3,461                       2,143          
     
                     
         

      Options outstanding include 151,384 options denominated in Canadian dollars with a weighted average exercise price of $16.11 Canadian.

 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      At the Annual General Meeting of Stockholders on May 8, 2001, the Stockholders approved the adoption of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”). A total of 300,000 common shares have been reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan. The Company will make open market purchases and/or issue treasury common shares to satisfy employee subscriptions under the Purchase Plan. Under the terms of the Purchase Plan, employees can choose to have up to 7% of their base earnings withheld to purchase the Company’s common shares. The Purchase Plan provides for consecutive offering periods during which payroll deductions may be accumulated for the purchase of common shares. The initial offering period commenced on July 1, 2001 and ended on December 31, 2001. Thereafter, each offering period continues for a period of six months following commencement, as determined by the Compensation Committee. The purchase price per share at which shares will be sold in an offering period under the Purchase Plan is the lower of 85% of the Fair Market Value of a common share at the beginning of the offering period or 85% of the Fair Market Value of a common share at the end of the offering period. Fair Market Value, as defined by the Purchase Plan, is the weighted average sale price of the shares for the five (5) day period preceding the grant date and the exercise date. During the two offerings in the period ended December 31, 2003, 74,379 shares were issued under the Purchase Plan at an average cost of $5.38 per share and for the two offerings in the period ended December 31, 2002, 95,269 shares were issued under the Purchase Plan at an average cost of $5.89 per share.

 
7. Employee Benefit Plans
 
Defined Benefit Pension Plan

      The Company’s subsidiary in the United Kingdom maintains a pension plan, known as the GSI Lumonics Ltd. United Kingdom Pension Scheme Retirement Savings Plan. The plan has two components: the Final Salary Plan, which is a defined benefit plan, and the Retirement Savings Plan, which is a defined contribution plan. Effective April 1997, membership to the Final Salary Plan was closed. Benefits under this plan were based on the employees’ years of service and compensation. In December 2002, the Company notified plan participants that it no longer wanted to sponsor the final salary plan. After a consultation period, the curtailment of the plan was effective June 1, 2003, after which no additional benefits accrue to the participants. The Company continues to follow its funding policy to fund pensions and other benefits based on widely used actuarial methods as permitted by regulatory authorities. The funded amounts reflect actuarial

67


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

assumptions regarding compensation, interest and other projections. The assets of this plan consist primarily of equity and fixed income securities of U.K. and foreign issuers.

      Pension and other benefit costs reflected in the consolidated statements of operations are based on the projected benefit method of valuation. Within the consolidated balance sheet, pension plan benefit liabilities are included in accrued compensation and benefits.

      The net periodic pension cost for the defined benefit pension plan was determined as follows:

                         
2003 2002 2001



Service cost — benefits earned
  $ 81     $ 216     $ 393  
Interest cost on projected plan benefits
    931       837       827  
Premiums and expenses
    200       135       151  
Expected return on plan assets
    (671 )     (814 )     (873 )
Recognized losses
    183              
     
     
     
 
Net Periodic Pension Cost
  $ 724     $ 374     $ 498  
     
     
     
 

      The assumptions used to develop the actuarial present value of the accrued pension benefits (obligations) were as follows:

                 
2003 2002


Discount Rate
    6.5 %     6.0 %
Rate of Compensation Increase
          3.0 %
Rate of Inflation
    2.75 %     2.25 %
Long-Term Rate of Return on Plan Assets
    6.5 %     7.0 %

      The estimates are based on actuarially computed best estimates of pension asset long-term rates of return and long-term rate of obligation escalation. Variances between these estimates and actual experience are amortized over the employees’ average remaining service life.

      The plan is undergoing an actuarial valuation as of November 30, 2003, which is not yet complete. The most recent actuarial valuation of the plan was performed as at November 30, 2000. The extrapolation as at

68


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

December 31 indicates the actuarial present value of the pension benefit obligation; the net assets available to provide for these benefits, at market value; and the funded status of the plan were as follows:

                 
2003 2002


Change in benefit obligation:
               
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 16,116     $ 11,633  
Service cost
    81       216  
Interest cost
    931       837  
Plan participants’ contributions
    38       158  
Actuarial changes in assumptions and experience
    (2,261 )     2,205  
Benefits paid
    (330 )     (278 )
Gain on curtailment of the plan
    (814 )      
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    1,570       1,345  
     
     
 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 15,331     $ 16,116  
     
     
 
Change in plan assets:
               
Market value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 11,080     $ 11,270  
Actual return on plan assets
    916       (1,642 )
Employer contributions
    146       625  
Plan participants’ contributions
    38       158  
Benefits paid
    (330 )     (278 )
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    1,269       1,029  
Other
    (153 )     (82 )
     
     
 
Market value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 12,966     $ 11,080  
     
     
 
Funded Status and Net Amounts Recognized:
               
Excess of projected benefit obligation over plan assets
  $ 2,365     $ 5,036  
Unrecognized actuarial gain (loss)
    (1,553 )     (4,823 )
     
     
 
Net amount recognized
  $ 812     $ 213  
     
     
 
Amount recognized in the balance sheet consists of:
               
Accrued compensation and benefits
  $ 812     $ 213  
Accrued minimum pension liability
    1,553       3,875  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (1,553 )     (3,875 )
     
     
 
Net amount recognized
  $ 812     $ 213  
     
     
 
 
Defined Contribution Plans

      The Company has defined contribution employee savings plans in Canada, the United Kingdom, and the United States. In the United States, the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code under which its United States employees may make contributions govern the plan. The Company matches the contributions of participating employees on the basis of percentages specified in each plan. Company matching contributions to the plans were $1.6 million in 2003 (2002 — $1.9 million; 2001 — $2.4 million).

69


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
8. Income Taxes
                           
2003 2002 2001



Loss from continuing operations before income taxes:
                       
 
Canadian
  $ (1,459 )   $ (17,173 )   $ (13,474 )
 
International
    (389 )     (19,532 )     (8,998 )
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ (1,848 )   $ (36,705 )   $ (22,472 )
     
     
     
 

      Details of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:

                           
2003 2002 2001



Current
                       
 
Canadian
  $ 640     $ (2,676 )   $ (1,575 )
 
International
    (366 )     (10,572 )     (12,887 )
     
     
     
 
      274       (13,248 )     (14,462 )
Deferred
                       
 
Canadian
    (3,834 )     1,942       (1,123 )
 
International
    3,882       2,325       7,811  
     
     
     
 
      48       4,267       6,688  
     
     
     
 
Income tax provision (benefit)
  $ 322     $ (8,981 )   $ (7,774 )
     
     
     
 

      The income tax provision (benefit) reported differs from the amounts computed by applying the Canadian rate to income (loss) before income taxes. The reasons for this difference and the related tax effects are as follows:

                         
2003 2002 2001



Expected Canadian tax rate
    37.0 %     38.6 %     41.7 %
Expected income tax provision (benefit)
  $ (684 )   $ (14,168 )   $ (9,370 )
Non-deductible expenses
    (55 )     195       2,782  
International tax rate differences
    52       (141 )     (788 )
Change in valuation allowance
    1,821       9,791       1,012  
Losses and temporary differences the benefit of which has not been recognized
    1,803       (4,488 )     (1,952 )
Previously recognized provisions no longer required
    (2,662 )            
Other items
    47       (170 )     542  
     
     
     
 
Reported income tax provision (benefit)
  $ 322     $ (8,981 )   $ (7,774 )
     
     
     
 

70


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Deferred income taxes result principally from temporary differences in the recognition of certain revenue and expense items for financial and tax reporting purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as at December 31 are as follows:

                   
2003 2002


Deferred tax assets
               
 
Operating tax loss carryforwards
  $ 19,109     $ 18,943  
 
Compensation related deductions
    1,854       1,769  
 
Tax credits
    6,505       4,990  
 
Restructuring and other accrued liabilities
    5,335       5,092  
 
Deferred revenue
    834       543  
 
Inventory
    1,565       4,397  
 
Tax effect of UK pension liability
    710       1,162  
 
Book and tax differences on fixed assets
    (1,474 )     488  
 
Intangibles
    1,774       1,811  
 
Share issue costs
    322       575  
     
     
 
Total deferred tax assets
    36,534       39,770  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    (24,385 )     (22,564 )
     
     
 
Net deferred income tax asset
  $ 12,149     $ 17,206  
     
     
 
Allocated as follows:
               
 
Net deferred income tax asset — short-term
    5,507       9,763  
 
Net deferred income tax asset — long-term
    6,642       7,443  
     
     
 
 
Net deferred income tax asset
  $ 12,149     $ 17,206  
     
     
 

      The Company recorded a tax provision of $322,000 during the 2003 fiscal year.

      In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 we reversed a $3 million valuation allowance for a jurisdiction because sufficient positive evidence exists, including tax-planning strategies, to support its reversal. We also reversed a $7.3 million valuation allowance provided in previous years for a jurisdiction because sufficient positive evidence exists to conclude it is more likely than not to be realized and we established a $12 million valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in a jurisdiction based on judgment, including consideration of historical losses and projections of future profits with substantially more weight being placed on recent losses than any projections of future profitability. We also recorded a $2.7 million reversal of accrued income tax liabilities resulting from management’s analysis of these accruals.

      The Company has provided a valuation allowance of $24.4 million against losses in the parent company and subsidiaries with an inconsistent history of taxable income and losses due to the uncertainty of their realization. In addition, the Company has provided a valuation allowance on foreign tax credits, due to the uncertainty of generating foreign earned income to claim the tax credits. The Company believes it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized principally through future taxable income and carry backs to taxable income in prior years and tax planning strategies. If actual results differ from those expected, or if we do not achieve profitability, we may be required to increase the valuation allowance on our tax assets by taking a charge to the consolidated statements of operations, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. The Company is always subject to audit by tax authorities and has accrued for probable expenses. Actual assessments may differ materially from amounts accrued.

71


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      As at December 31, 2003, the Company had loss carry forwards of approximately $58.5 million available to reduce future years’ income for tax purposes. Of this amount, approximately $1.8 million expires between 2003 and 2006, $13.6 million expires in 2007, $13.7 million expires between 2020 and 2022 and $29.4 million can be carried forward indefinitely.

      Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $50.5 million at December 31, 2003. The Company has not recorded a provision for withholding tax on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, as the Company currently has no plans to repatriate those earnings. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liabilities is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.

      Income taxes paid during 2003 were $1.4 million (2002 — $1.7 million; 2001 — $33.3 million).

 
9. Related Party Transactions

      The Company recorded $4.8 million as sales revenue from Sumitomo Heavy Industries Ltd., a significant shareholder in the year ended December 31, 2003 (2002 — $2.3 million; 2001 — $4.2 million) at amounts and terms approximately equivalent to third party transactions. Receivables from Sumitomo Heavy Industries Ltd. of $1.3 million and $0.5 million as at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, are included in accounts receivable on the balance sheet.

      On February 23, 2000, the Company entered into an agreement with V2Air LLC relating to the use of V2Air LLC’s aircraft for Company purposes. The V2Air LLC is owned by the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Charles D. Winston. Pursuant to the terms of such agreement, the Company is required to reimburse the V2Air LLC for certain expenses associated with the use of the aircraft for Company business travel. During year ended December 31, 2003, the Company reimbursed V2Air LLC approximately $131,000 (2002 — $145,000 and 2001 — $150,000) under the terms of such Agreement.

      In January of 2001, the Company made an investment of $2 million in a technology fund managed by OpNet Partners, L.P. During 2002, the Company received a cash distribution (return of capital) from OpNet Partners in the amount of $1.4 million. In the second quarter of 2002, the Company wrote-down the investment by $0.2 million to its estimated fair market value and wrote-off the remainder of the investment ($0.4 million) in the fourth quarter of 2002. Richard B. Black, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, is a General Partner of OpNet Partners, L.P.

      On April 26, 2002, the Company entered into an agreement with Photoniko, Inc, a private photonics company in which one of the Company’s directors, Richard B. Black, was a director and stock option holder. As of August 16, 2002, Mr. Black was no longer a director or stock option holder of Photoniko, Inc. Under the agreement, the Company provided a non-interest bearing unsecured loan of $75,000 to Photoniko, Inc. to fund designated business activities at Photoniko, Inc. in exchange for an exclusive 90 day period to evaluate potential strategic alliances. In accordance with the terms of the agreement and the promissory note which was signed by Photoniko, Inc. on April 26, 2002, the loan was to be repaid in full to the Company no later than August 28, 2002, but still remains outstanding. The Company has provided a full reserve for this receivable.

72


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
10. Restructuring and other
                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Restructuring charges
  $ 3,392     $ 6,448     $ 3,380  
Reversal of restructuring charges
    (164 )           (450 )
     
     
     
 
Total restructuring charges
    3,228       6,448       2,930  
     
     
     
 
Other — reduction of purchased intangibles
                1,759  
Other — royalties
    (217 )     (276 )     (348 )
Other — write-off of notes receivable
    563              
Other — write-off of unused fixed assets
    485              
Other — legal settlements
          (745 )     (1,559 )
     
     
     
 
Total other
  $ 831     $ (1,021 )   $ (148 )
     
     
     
 

     Restructuring charges

      Several significant markets for our products had been in severe decline from 2000 through early 2003. Our sales of systems for semiconductor and electronics applications and precision optics for telecommunications declined. From 2000 through 2002, the Company faced a 57% decline in revenues and responded by streamlining operations to reduce fixed costs.

     2000

      During fiscal 2000, the Company took total restructuring charges of $15.1 million, $12.5 million of which resulted from the Company’s decision to exit the high powered laser product line that was produced in its Rugby, United Kingdom facility. The $12.5 million charge consisted of $1.0 million to accrue employee severance for approximately 50 employees; $3.8 million for reduction and elimination of the Company’s United Kingdom operation and worldwide distribution system related to high power laser systems; and $7.7 million for excess capacity at three leased facilities in the United States and Germany where high power laser systems operations were conducted. The provisions for lease costs at our Livonia and Farmington Hills, Michigan facilities and in Germany related primarily to future contractual obligations under operating leases, net of expected sublease revenue on leases that the Company cannot terminate. Additionally, for our Farmington Hills, Michigan and Maple Grove, Minnesota facilities, we accrued an anticipated loss on our contractual obligations to guarantee the value of the buildings. This charge was estimated as the excess of our cost to purchase the buildings over their estimated fair market value. The Company also recorded a non-cash write-down of land and building in the United Kingdom of $2.0 million, based on market assessments as to the net realizable value of the facility. In addition, the Company recorded in cost of goods sold a reserve of $8.5 million for raw materials, work-in-process, equipment, parts and demo equipment inventory that related to the high power laser product line in its Rugby, United Kingdom facility and other locations that supported this product line.

      The remaining restructuring charge for fiscal 2000, $0.6 million of compensation expense, resulted from the acceleration of options upon the sale of our Life Sciences business and MPG product line during that year.

      Also during fiscal 2000, the Company reversed a provision of $5.0 million originally recorded at the time of the 1999 merger of General Scanning, Inc. and Lumonics Inc. At the time the $5.0 million provision was recorded, the Company intended to close its Rugby, United Kingdom facility and transfer those manufacturing activities to its Kanata, Ontario facility, but upon further evaluation the Company reversed its intentions. Thus, the Company reversed the $5.0 million that had initially been recorded for this proposed restructuring.

73


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Cumulative cash payments of $12.0 million, a reversal of $0.5 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001 for anticipated restructuring costs that will not be incurred and a non-cash draw-down of $2.6 million have been applied against the total fiscal 2000 provision of $15.1 million, resulting in no remaining balance at December 31, 2003. All actions relating to the 2000 restructuring charge have been completed. The Company paid the $6.0 million loss accrual remaining at December 31, 2002 in connection with the purchase of the Farmington Hills, Michigan and the Maple Grove, Minnesota facilities. The properties, which had been under leases until June 2003, were purchased for $18.9 million, but had an estimated market value of $12.5 million. The difference between the purchase price and estimated market value had been provided for as restructuring losses in 2000 ($6.0 million), in 2002 ($0.1 million) and 2003 ($0.3 million). The Farmington Hills, Michigan facility is being used and was recorded in property, plant and equipment at a cost of $6.1 million during the second quarter of 2003 and the Maple Grove, Minnesota facility had initially been held for sale and was included in other assets, but effective December 31, 2003 the value of $6.4 million was reclassified as property, plant and equipment because it is no longer expected that the building will be sold within one year. No adjustment to the carrying value was required.

     2001

      In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001, to further reduce capacity in response to declining sales, the Company determined that most of the remaining functions located in its Farmington Hills, Michigan facility should be integrated with its Wilmington, Massachusetts facility and that its Oxnard, California facility should be closed. In addition, the Company decided to integrate its Bedford, Massachusetts facility with its Billerica, Massachusetts manufacturing facility. The Company took total restructuring charges of $3.4 million. The $3.4 million charge consisted of $0.9 million to accrue employee severance for approximately 35 employees at the Farmington Hills, Michigan and Oxnard, California locations; $1.8 million for excess capacity at five leased locations in the United States, Canada and Germany; and $0.7 million write-down of leasehold improvements and certain equipment associated with the exiting of leased facilities located in Bedford, Massachusetts. The lease costs primarily related to future contractual obligations under operating leases, net of expected sublease revenue on leases that the Company cannot terminate. The expected effects of the restructuring were to better align our ongoing expenses and cash flows in light of reduced sales.

      Cumulative cash payments of approximately $2.6 million and non-cash draw-downs of $0.7 million have been applied against the provision, resulting in a remaining provision balance of $0.1 million as at December 31, 2003. The restructuring is complete, except for costs that are expected to be paid on the leased facilities in Munich, Germany (lease expiration January 2013) and Nepean, Ontario (lease expiration January 2006).

     2002

      Two major restructuring plans were initiated in 2002, as the Company continued to adapt to a lower level of sales. In the first quarter of 2002, the Company made a determination to reduce fixed costs by transferring manufacturing operations at its Kanata, Ontario facility to other manufacturing facilities. Associated with this decision, the Company incurred restructuring costs in the first, second, and fourth quarters of 2002. At this time, the Company believes that all costs associated with the closure of this facility have been recorded, as noted below.

      During the first quarter of 2002, the Company consolidated its electronics systems business from its facility in Kanata, Ontario into the Company’s existing systems manufacturing facility in Wilmington, Massachusetts and transferred its laser business from the Company’s Kanata, Ontario facility to its existing facility in Rugby, United Kingdom. In addition, the Company closed its Kanata, Ontario facility. The Company took a total restructuring charge of $2.7 million related to these activities in the first quarter of 2002. The $2.7 million charge consisted of $2.2 million to accrue employee severance and benefits for approximately

74


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

90 employees; $0.3 million for the write-off of furniture, equipment and system software; and $0.2 million for plant closure and other related costs. During the second quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company recorded additional restructuring charges of $1.4 million related to cancellation fees on contractual obligations of $0.3 million, a write-down of land and building in Kanata, Ontario and Rugby, United Kingdom of $0.8 million, and also leased facility costs of $0.3 million at the Farmington Hills, Michigan and Oxnard, California locations. The lease costs primarily related to future contractual obligations under operating leases, net of expected sublease revenue on leases that the Company cannot terminate. The write-downs of the building brought the properties offered for sale in line with market values and the recording of these write-downs had no effect on cash.

      The second major restructuring action in 2002 was the redirection of the Company’s precision optics operations in Nepean, Ontario away from optical telecommunications and into its custom optics business as a result of the telecom industry’s severe downturn. The Company reduced capacity at the Nepean, Ontario facility and recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of $2.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2002, which included $0.6 million to accrue employee severance and benefits for approximately 41 employees. The Company also wrote-off approximately $0.2 million of excess fixed assets and wrote-down one of the Nepean, Ontario buildings by $0.2 million to its estimated fair market value. Additionally, the Company continued to evaluate accruals made in prior restructurings and we recorded charges of approximately $0.8 million for an adjustment to earlier provisions for leased facilities in the United States and Germany. Specifically, the $0.8 million in adjustments in the fourth quarter of 2002 related to earlier provisions for the leased facilities in Munich, Germany, Maple Grove, Minnesota and Farmington Hills, Michigan. Management had originally estimated a restructuring reserve of $0.5 million based upon the assumption that the Munich, Germany facility would be subleased in 2003. Instead, the market for commercial real estate in Munich, Germany declined further making recovery of the lease rate less likely. Therefore, an additional provision of $0.5 million was recorded to cover a longer anticipated time to sublease the space and to reflect a sublease at less than our existing lease rates. The Maple Grove, Minnesota facility had been subleased through January 2003. Management had anticipated finding a buyer for this building by January 2003, exercising of the option to purchase the building and not paying the remaining lease costs. As this did not happen, the contractual lease costs through the end of the lease in June 2003 of $0.2 million were accrued. The Farmington Hills, Michigan facility, also, was not sold by the end of 2002, so the costs for the unused space through the end of the lease in June 2003 of $0.1 million were accrued. The Company also took a further write-down of $0.3 million on the buildings in Kanata, Ontario and Rugby, United Kingdom and a $0.1 million write-off for fixed assets in Kanata, Ontario and a $0.1 million write-down to estimated fair value for the Maple Grove, Minnesota and Farmington Hills, Michigan facilities.

      At December 31, 2002, the net book value of two facilities, one in Kanata, Ontario and the other in Nepean, Ontario, were classified as held for sale and included in other assets. The Nepean, Ontario facility was sold in the second quarter of 2003 for a gain of $64,000 included in gain on sale of assets. The Company sold the Kanata, Ontario property during the fourth quarter of 2003 for a gain of $39,000 included in gain on sale of assets. Because the selling price for the Kanata facility was less than the net book value, the Company took restructuring charges of $0.1 million in the second quarter of 2003 and an additional charge of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2003.

      Cumulative cash payments of approximately $4.1 million and non-cash draw-downs of $1.8 million have been applied against the provisions taken in 2002, resulting in a remaining provision balance of $0.5 million at December 31, 2003. For severance related costs associated with these two restructuring actions, the actions are complete and the Company does not anticipate taking additional restructuring charges and has finalized payment in 2003. The Company will continue to evaluate the fair value of the buildings and fixed assets that were written down. The restructuring accrual is expected to be completely utilized during January 2013 at the end of the lease term for the Munich, Germany facility. The Company estimated the restructuring charge for the Munich, Germany facility based on contractual payments required on the lease for the unused space, less

75


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

what is expected to be received for subleasing. Because this is a long-term lease that extends until 2013, the Company will draw-down the amount accrued over the life of the lease. Future sublease market conditions may require the Company to make further adjustments to this restructuring reserve.

      The result of this restructuring activity was the establishment of our three new primary business segments: Components Group, Laser Group and Laser Systems Group. In addition, it also provided improved working capital management, which substantially reduced investment in receivables and inventories.

 
2003

      To align the distribution and service groups with our business segments, in the first quarter of 2003 the Company commenced a restructuring plan that is expected to significantly reduce these operations around the world and to consolidate these functions at the Company’s manufacturing facilities. As part of this plan, the Company provided for severance and termination benefits of approximately $0.6 million for 22 employees in Germany, France, Italy and Belgium in the first quarter of 2003. Under SFAS 146, if an employee continues to work beyond a minimum period of time after their notification, then their termination benefits are to be accrued over the period that they continue to work. During the second quarter of 2003, the Company took additional restructuring charges of $0.4 million for the severance and termination benefits associated with the restructuring actions taken in the first quarter, as a result of employees working beyond a minimum period as required by SFAS 146.

      As a continuation of the restructuring plan initiated in the first quarter of 2003 to reduce our distribution and service groups, during the second quarter of 2003 the Company further reduced its European operations, including terminating an additional 10 employees in Europe and closing its Paris, France office. Also, the Company closed its office in Hong Kong and terminated 7 employees from that location. Additionally, the Company terminated 8 employees in other offices in Asia Pacific. Associated with these actions taken in the second quarter of 2003, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $0.8 million consisting of severance and termination benefits of $0.6 million, and lease and contract termination charges of $0.2 million. In the third quarter of 2003, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $0.1 million for the closing of offices in Asia Pacific.

      As the Company has retained certain employees to help with the transition of work beyond the minimum periods specified in SFAS 146, the Company accrued additional termination and severance benefits for these employees of approximately $0.1 million during the third quarter of 2003, as a result of the actions taken in the first and second quarters of 2003. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2003 the Company reversed restructuring expense of approximately $0.1 million for severance costs accrued in prior quarters that will not be incurred. In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company incurred less than $0.1 million for additional severance and termination benefits associated with the European restructuring plan.

      Although the Company does not report restructuring by segment, SFAS 146 requires disclosure of restructuring activities by segment. The alignment of the service and distribution groups described above is primarily related to our Laser Systems segment. Total costs incurred, net of $0.1 million in reversals noted above, were $1.9 million. All costs were incurred during 2003, and it is not anticipated that there will be any additional charges for this restructuring initiative.

      As part of its review of the restructuring actions taken in prior years, during the second quarter of 2003 the Company took an additional $0.3 million restructuring charge for the anticipated loss on the market value of the Farmington Hills, Michigan and Maple Grove, Minnesota facilities, on which the Company first took a restructuring charge in 2000, as noted above. Also, the Company took an additional charge of $0.1 million in the second quarter of 2003 and a charge of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2003 to write-down the net book value of the Kanata, Ontario facility to its estimated fair market value. The Company had previously written down the Kanata, Ontario facility in 2002, as noted above. In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company

76


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

recorded an additional restructuring provision of $0.7 million for the Munich, Germany facility. This additional charge was necessary in light of the continued decline in the commercial real estate lease rates in that market as compared to our lease rate and the longer time anticipated to find a subtenant. The Company has taken charges on this Munich facility in 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 totaling $1.7 million. The lease on the Munich office continues through January 2013. As the commercial real estate market is difficult to predict, the Company will continue to evaluate the restructuring accrual associated with the Munich office and will adjust the provisions as required.

      Cumulative cash payments of approximately $1.8 million and non-cash draw-downs of $0.7 million and reversal of expense of $0.1 million have been applied against the provisions taken in 2003, resulting in a remaining provision balance of $0.8 million as at December 31, 2003, which is primarily to the accrual on the Munich office.

      The following table summarizes changes in the restructuring provision.

                                 
Severance Facilities Other Total




(In millions)
Provision at December 31, 2000
  $ 1.2     $ 8.3     $ 3.8     $ 13.3  
Charges during 2001
    0.9       2.5             3.4  
Cash payments 2001
    (1.2 )     (1.6 )     (3.8 )     (6.6 )
Reversals during 2001
          (0.5 )           (0.5 )
Non-cash draw-down 2001
          (0.7 )           (0.7 )
     
     
     
     
 
Provision at December 31, 2001
    0.9       8.0             8.9  
Charges during 2002
    2.8       3.1       0.5       6.4  
Cash payments 2002
    (2.5 )     (1.6 )     (0.5 )     (4.6 )
Non-cash draw-down 2002
          (1.9 )           (1.9 )
     
     
     
     
 
Provision at December 31, 2002
    1.2       7.6             8.8  
Charges during 2003
    1.8       1.6             3.4  
Reversals during 2003
    (0.2 )                 (0.2 )
Cash payments 2003
    (2.8 )     (7.1 )           (9.9 )
Non-cash draw-down 2003
          (0.7 )           (0.7 )
     
     
     
     
 
Provision at December 31, 2003
  $     $ 1.4     $     $ 1.4  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Other

      During 2003, the Company recorded a reserve of approximately $0.6 million on notes receivable from a litigation settlement initially recorded in 1998. The reserve was provided because of a default on the quarterly payment due in March 2003. The Company intends to pursue legal action to regain its rights to the technology it had licensed, instead of pursuing further collection. Additionally, the Company recorded a benefit during of approximately $0.2 million for royalties earned on a divested product line and earned as part of a litigation settlement agreement. In 2003, the Company recorded a charge of approximately $0.5 million to write-off excess and unused equipment.

      During 2002, the Company recorded a net benefit of $0.7 million related to two litigation settlements. During 2002, the Company earned $0.3 million in royalties related to OLT precision alignment product line that was divested.

      During the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company recorded a reduction of purchased intangibles related to technologies no longer a part of the business in the amount of $1.8 million in accordance with the policy

77


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

described in note 1. The Company performed an assessment of the carrying values of intangible assets, including trademark and trade names, assembled workforce and developed technology, recorded in connection with its merger of equals with General Scanning, Inc. in 1999. The assessment was performed in light of the abandonment of certain technologies in 2001 that had been in development or production since the date of the merger and also the significant economic downturn. As a result of the assessment, it was determined that a portion of the intangible assets no longer had value and should be written-down to reflect the lower carrying value. The Company has determined that the remaining intangible asset balances at that time would continue to be amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining useful lives established at the time of the related acquisition, as the remaining useful lives of these intangible assets has not changed.

      During 2001, the Company recorded a benefit of $0.3 million related to royalties earned on the sale of the OLT precision alignment system product line. During the three months ended April 2, 1999, the Company recorded a provision of $19 million to accrue damages and legal fees, through to appeal, relating to the action against General Scanning, Inc., which was reflected as a reduction in net assets acquired at the time of the March 22, 1999 merger. The Court of Appeals affirmed the judgment on April 18, 2001 and the Company paid approximately $15.3 million in May 2001 in satisfaction of the judgment and adjusted its accrual related to this litigation and recorded a benefit of $1.6 million when the litigation was settled.

 
11. Commitments and Contingencies
 
Operating leases

      The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under operating lease agreements that expire through 2106. The facility leases require the Company to pay real estate taxes and other operating costs. For the year ended December 31, 2003, lease expense was approximately $3.2 million (2002 — $3.5 million, 2001 — $5.6 million).

      The Company leased two facilities under operating lease agreements that expired in June 2003. At the end of the initial lease terms, these leases required the Company to renew the lease for a defined number of years at the fair market rental rate or purchase the properties at the fair market value. The lessor may have sold the facilities to a third party but the leases provided for a residual value guarantee by the Company of the first 85% of any loss the lessor may have incurred on its $19.1 million investment in the buildings. This would have become payable by the Company upon the termination of the transaction. In June 2003, the Company exercised its option to purchase the facilities for $18.9 million. There is no longer a residual value guarantee in connection with these leases. The lease agreement required, among other things, the Company to maintain specified quarterly financial ratios and conditions. As of March 29, 2002, the Company was in breach of the fixed charge coverage ratio, but on April 30, 2002, the Company entered into a security agreement with the Bank of Montreal (BMO) pursuant to which the Company deposited with BMO and pledged approximately $18.9 million as security in connection with the operating leases discussed above in exchange for a written waiver from BMO and BMO Global Capital Solutions for any Company defaults of or obligations to satisfy the specified financial covenants relating to the operating lease agreements until June 30, 2003. This item was included on the balance sheet in long-term investments at December 31, 2002 and was used to satisfy the purchase price of the buildings during June 2003. The properties were purchased for $18.9 million, but had an estimated fair market value of $12.5 million. Accruals that were recorded for these anticipated losses were used to offset the difference. The Farmington Hills, Michigan facility is included in property, plant and equipment and initially recorded at $6.1 million and the Maple Grove, Minnesota facility was initially included in other assets for $6.4 million, but was reclassified to property, plant and equipment effective December 31, 2003.

78


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Minimum lease payments under operating leases expiring subsequent to December 31, 2003 are:

         
2004
  $ 3,214  
2005
    2,789  
2006
    1,983  
2007
    1,854  
2008
    1,088  
Thereafter
    16,950  
     
 
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 27,878  
     
 

      The Company has sublease agreements on certain leased facilities and will receive $2.2 million from 2004 to 2013.

 
Recourse receivables

      In Japan, where it is customary to do so, the Company discounts certain customer notes receivable at a bank with recourse. The Company’s maximum exposure was $1.3 million at December 31, 2003 (2002 — $1.4 million). The book value of the recourse receivables approximates fair value. During 2003, the Company received cash proceeds relating to the discounted receivables of $2.9 million (2002 — $5.7 million). Recourse receivables are included in accounts receivable on the balance sheet.

 
Legal proceedings and disputes

      The Company’s French subsidiary is subject to a claim by a customer of its French subsidiary that a Laserdyne 890 system, which was delivered in 1999, had unresolved technical problems that resulted in the customer’s loss of revenue and profit, plus the costs to repair the machine. In May 2001, the Le Creusot commercial court determined that the Company had breached its obligations to the customer and that it should be liable for damages. An expert appointed by the Le Creusot commercial court had filed an initial report, which estimated the cost to repair the machine at approximately French Franc 0.8 million (or approximately US$0.2 million). In the third quarter of 2003, the Company was notified that the customer is seeking cost of repairs, damages and lost profits of Euro 1.9 million (approximately US$2.3 million). The Le Creusot commercial court is reviewing the amount requested by the customer. The Company intends to vigorously defend this action and any claim amount. The customer has not paid Euro 0.3 million (or approximately US$0.4 million) of the purchase price for the system, which the Company believes it may offset against any damages. The Company has fully reserved this receivable. At this time, it is not possible to estimate an amount that the Company may be required to pay regarding this action.

      In August 2003, the Company announced that it filed an action against Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. (ESI) of Portland, Oregon in the United States District Court for the Central District of California for patent infringement. The complaint alleges Electro Scientific is violating three GSI Lumonics’ patents: 6337462, 6181728 and 6573473. This patented technology is used in the Company’s laser systems for processing semiconductor devices. The Company seeks injunctive relief, an unspecified amount of damages, costs, and attorneys’ fees. On September 2, 2003, the Company filed a First Amended Complaint, which did not change the substantive allegations of patent infringement. By court order dated September 18, 2003, the case was transferred to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. ESI filed its answer and counterclaim denying infringement and seeking a declaratory judgment that the patents are invalid. Pretrial discovery has not yet begun and no trial date has been set. At this time, it is not possible to estimate any recovery that the Company may receive from this action.

79


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      As the Company has disclosed since 1994, a party has commenced legal proceedings in the United States against a number of United States manufacturing companies, including companies that have purchased systems from the Company. The plaintiff in the proceedings has alleged that certain equipment used by these manufacturers infringes patents claimed to be held by the plaintiff. While the Company is not a defendant in any of the proceedings, several of the Company’s customers have notified the Company that, if the party successfully pursues infringement claims against them, they may require the Company to indemnify them to the extent that any of their losses can be attributed to systems sold to them by the Company. Due to (i) the relatively small number of systems sold to any one of the Company’s customers involved in this litigation, (ii) the low probability of success by the plaintiff in securing judgment(s) against the Company’s customers and (iii) the existence of a countersuit that seeks to invalidate the patents that are the basis for the litigation, the Company does not believe that the outcome of any of these claims individually will have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. No assurances can be given, however, that these or similar claims, if successful and taken in the aggregate would not have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

      The Company is also subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that the outcome of these claims will have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial conditions or results of operations but there can be no assurance that any such claims, or any similar claims, would not have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 
Guarantees

      In the normal course of our operations, we execute agreements that provide for indemnification and guarantees to counterparties in transactions such as business dispositions, the sale of assets, sale of products and operating leases. These indemnities and guarantees are routine and customary in the industry.

      These indemnification undertakings and guarantees may require us to compensate the counterparties for costs and losses incurred as a result of various events including breaches of representations and warranties, intellectual property right infringement, loss of or damages to property, environmental liabilities, changes in the interpretation of laws and regulations (including tax legislation) or as a result of litigation that may be suffered by the counterparties. Also, in the context of the sale of all or a part of a business, this includes the resolution of contingent liabilities of the disposed businesses or the reassessment of prior tax filings of the corporations carrying on the business.

      Certain indemnification undertakings can extend for an unlimited period and generally do not provide for any limit on the maximum potential amount. The nature of substantially all of the indemnification undertakings prevents us from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount we could be required to pay counterparties as some agreements do not specify a maximum amount, although our standard terms and conditions limits exposure to the sales price of our products. Additionally, the amounts are dependent upon the outcome of future contingent events, the nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time.

      Historically, we have not made any significant payments under such indemnifications. At December 31, 2003, nothing has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to these indemnification undertakings.

 
Risks and uncertainties

      The Company uses financial instruments that potentially subject it to concentrations of credit risk. Such instruments include cash equivalents, securities available-for-sale, trade receivables and financial instruments

80


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

used in hedging activities. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk on these instruments.

      Due to the short term nature of the Company’s investments, the Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant interest rate risk.

      Certain of the components and materials included in the Company’s laser systems and optical products are currently obtained from single source suppliers. There can be no assurance that a disruption of this outside supply would not create substantial manufacturing delays and additional cost to the Company.

      There is no concentration of credit risk related to the Company’s position in trade accounts receivable. Credit risk, with respect to trade receivables, is minimized because of the diversification of the Company’s operations, as well as its large customer base and its geographical dispersion.

      The Company’s operations involve a number of other risks and uncertainties including, but not limited to, the cyclicality of the semiconductor and electronics markets, the effects of general economics conditions, rapidly changing technology, and international operations.

 
12. Financial instruments
 
Cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments

      At December 31, 2003, the Company had $49.7 million invested in cash equivalents denominated in United States dollars with maturity dates between January 2, 2004 and March 4, 2004. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $53.3 million invested in cash equivalents denominated in United States dollars with average dates between January 2, 2003 and March 24, 2003. At December 31, 2003, cost approximates fair value.

      At December 31, 2003 the Company had $39.6 million in short-term investments and $3.1 million in long-term investments invested in United States dollars with maturity dates between January 6, 2004 and November 23, 2004. As discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements, $5.0 million of short-term investments are pledged as collateral for the Fleet pledge agreement at December 31, 2003. At December 31, 2002 the Company had $29.0 million in short-term investments and $37.4 million in long-term investments invested in United States dollars with maturity dates between January 6, 2003 and November 23, 2004. As discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements, $14.5 million of short-term investments are pledged as collateral for the Fleet and CIBC credit facilities at December 31, 2002 and $18.9 million of the long-term investments was pledged as security for the lease agreements with BMO as described in Note 11 above. Also, included in long-term investments at December 31, 2003 is a minority equity investment in a private United Kingdom company valued at $0.6 million that was purchased as part of the assets acquired in the Spectron acquisition. At December 31, 2003, cost approximates fair value.

 
Derivative financial instruments

      The Company only uses derivatives for hedging purposes. The following is a summary of the Company’s risk management strategies and the effect of these strategies on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

      The Company has instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program to manage exposures to changes in foreign currency exchange rates associated with forecasted sales transactions. Currency forwards and swaps are used to fix the cash flow variable of local currency costs or selling prices denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. For hedged forecasted transactions, hedge accounting is discontinued if the forecasted transaction is no longer intended or expected to occur and any previously unrealized hedging gains or losses recorded in other comprehensive income are immediately recorded to earnings. Earnings impacts for all designated hedges are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations

81


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

generally on the same line item as the gain or loss on the item being hedged. The Company records all derivatives at fair value as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, with classification as current or long-term depending on the duration of the instrument. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company removed the designation of all short-term hedge contracts from their corresponding hedge relationships. Accordingly, such contracts are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized currently in income starting January 1, 2003, instead of included in accumulated other comprehensive income. Unrealized gains on these contracts included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2003 are recognized in the same periods as the underlying hedged transactions. Although the Company now marks-to-market short-term hedge contracts to the statement of operations, the Company does not intend to enter into hedging contracts for speculative purposes.

      At December 31, 2003, the Company had one long-term currency swap contract valued at $8.7 million United States dollars with an aggregate fair value loss of $1.4 million after-tax recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income with a maturity date in December 2005. At December 31, 2002, the Company had eleven foreign exchange forward contracts to purchase $16.9 million United States dollars and one long-term currency swap contract valued at $8.7 million United States dollars with an aggregate fair value loss of $0.5 million after-tax recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and maturing at various dates in 2003. The ineffective portion of the derivative instruments totaled a combined loss of $0.3 million and is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in foreign exchange gain (loss).

 
13. Segment Information
 
General description

      During 2002, the Company changed the way it manages its business to reflect a growing focus on its three core businesses: components, lasers and laser systems. In classifying operational entities into a particular segment, the Company aggregated businesses with similar economic characteristics, products and services, production processes, customers and methods of distribution. Segment information for the 2001 year has been restated to conform to the current year’s presentation. There were no changes in the structure of the segments during 2003.

      The president and chief executive officer has been identified as the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in assessing the performance of the segments and the allocation of resources to the segments. The CODM evaluates financial performance based on measures of profit or loss from operations before income taxes excluding the impact of amortization of purchased intangibles, acquired in-process research and development, restructuring and other, gain (loss) on sale of assets and investments, interest income, interest expense, and foreign exchange transaction losses. Certain corporate-level operating expenses, including corporate marketing, finance, and administrative expenses, are not allocated to operating segments. Intersegment sales are based on negotiated prices between segments to approximate market prices. All intersegment profit, including any unrealized profit on ending inventories, is eliminated on consolidation. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in note 1.

      The Company’s operations include three reportable operating segments: the Components segment (Components); the Laser segment (Laser Group); and the Laser Systems segment (Laser Systems).

 
Components Group

      The Company’s component products are designed and manufactured at our facilities in Billerica, Massachusetts, Moorpark, California, Poole, England, and Suzhou, China. The products are sold directly, or, in some territories, through distributors, to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. Products include optical scanners and subsystems used by OEMs for applications in materials processing, test and measurement, alignment, inspection, displays, imaging, graphics, vision, rapid prototyping, and medical use such as

82


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

ophthalmology. The Components Group also manufactures printers for certain medical end products such as defibrillators, patient care monitors and cardiac pacemaker programmers, as well as film imaging subsystems for use in medical imaging systems. Under the trade name, WavePrecision, we also manufacture precision optics supplied to OEM customers for applications in the aerospace and semiconductor industries. In May 2003, the Company acquired the principal assets of the Encoder division of DRC, which was integrated into the manufacturing operations in our Billerica facility during the second and third quarters of 2003. With the acquisition of Westwind in December 2003, the Company expanded its line of technology enabling components to include high performance air bearing spindles, which are used in similar applications described above for our other component products. The components group’s major markets are medical, semiconductor and electronics, light industrial, automotive, and aerospace.

 
Laser Group

      The Company designs and manufactures a wide range of lasers at our Rugby, United Kingdom facility for sale in the merchant market to OEMs and both captive and merchant systems integrators. We also use some lasers in the Company’s own laser systems. The Laser Group also derives significant revenues from providing parts and technical support for lasers in its installed base at customer locations. These lasers are primarily used in material processing applications (cutting, welding and drilling) in light automotive, electronics, aerospace, medical and light industrial markets. The lasers are sold worldwide directly in North America and the United Kingdom, and through distributors in Europe, Japan, Asia Pacific and China. Sumitomo Heavy Industries (a significant shareholder of the Company) is our distributor in Japan. Specifically, our pulsed and continuous wave Nd:YAG lasers are used in a variety of medical, light automotive and industrial applications. In addition to our continued development of our existing laser range, in May 2003 we acquired Spectron, a United Kingdom company, which specializes in the manufacture and sale of low power diode pumped and lamp pumped lasers, predominantly used in marking applications. This acquisition was successfully incorporated into the existing operations of the Laser Group site in Rugby during the second and third quarters of 2003.

 
Laser Systems Group

      The Company’s laser systems are designed and manufactured at our Wilmington, Massachusetts facility and are sold directly into our primary markets, through distributors in the secondary markets, to end users, such as semiconductor integrated device manufacturers and wafer processors as well as electronic component and assembly manufacturers. The Laser Systems Group also derives significant revenues from parts sales and servicing systems in its installed base at customer locations. System applications include laser repair to improve yields in the production of dynamic random access memory chips, or DRAMs, permanent marking systems for silicon wafers and individual dies for traceability and quality control, circuit processing systems for linear and mixed signal devices, as well as for certain passive electronic components, and printed circuit boards manufacturing systems for via hole drilling, solder paste inspection and component placement inspection.

83


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Segments

      Information on reportable segments is as follows:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Sales
                       
Components
  $ 73,762     $ 70,436     $ 88,689  
Laser Group
    33,412       23,748       39,119  
Laser Systems
    82,687       65,906       123,969  
Intersegment sales elimination
    (4,300 )     (1,020 )     (3,873 )
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 185,561     $ 159,070     $ 247,904  
     
     
     
 
Profit (loss) from operations before income taxes
                       
Components
  $ 15,665     $ 16,763     $ 18,603  
Laser Group
    1,071       (5,010 )     4,425  
Laser Systems
    8,042       (18,732 )     (23,712 )
     
     
     
 
Total by segment
    24,778       (6,979 )     (684 )
Unallocated amounts:
                       
 
Corporate expenses
    19,148       19,754       12,983  
 
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    5,657       5,135       5,226  
 
Restructuring
    3,228       6,448       2,930  
 
Other
    831       (1,021 )     (148 )
     
     
     
 
Loss from operations
  $ (4,086 )   $ (37,295 )   $ (21,675 )
     
     
     
 

      The CODM does not review asset information on a segmented basis and the Company does not maintain assets on a segmented basis, therefore a breakdown of assets by segments is not included.

 
Geographic segment information

      The Company attributes revenues to geographic areas on the basis of the bill to customer location. Not infrequently, equipment is sold to large international companies, which may be headquartered in Asia-Pacific, but the sales of our systems are billed and shipped to locations in the United States. These sales are therefore reflected in United States totals in the table below. Long-lived assets are attributed to geographic areas in which Company assets reside. Long-lived assets, which include property, plant and equipment and intangibles,

84


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

but exclude other assets, long-term investments and deferred tax assets, are attributed to geographic areas in which Company assets reside.

                                                     
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Revenues from external customers:
                                               
 
USA
  $ 91,734       49 %   $ 94,654       59 %   $ 119,321       48 %
 
Canada
    1,610       1 %     1,883       1 %     11,410       5 %
 
Europe
    27,476       15 %     25,804       16 %     50,745       20 %
 
Japan
    36,057       19 %     23,460       15 %     40,956       17 %
 
Latin and South America
    1,070       1 %     1,249       1 %     852       0 %
 
Asia-Pacific, other
    27,614       15 %     12,020       8 %     24,620       10 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 185,561       100 %   $ 159,070       100 %   $ 247,904       100 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
                     
As at December 31,

2003 2002


Long-lived assets and goodwill:
               
 
USA
  $ 32,063     $ 24,158  
 
Canada
    2,931       6,625  
 
Europe
    40,741       11,540  
 
Japan
    799       618  
 
Asia-Pacific, other
    433       136  
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 76,967     $ 43,077  
     
     
 

85


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(United States GAAP and in thousands of United States dollars, except share amounts)
(Unaudited)
                                   
Three Months Ended

December 31, September 26, June 27, March 28,
2003 2003 2003 2003




(Unaudited)
Sales
  $ 54,879     $ 44,881     $ 44,692     $ 41,119  
Gross profit
    21,454       16,644       15,639       14,740  
Net income (loss)
    2,501       550       (3,555 )     (1,666 )
Net income (loss) per common share:
                               
 
Basic
  $ 0.06     $ 0.01     $ (0.09 )   $ (0.04 )
 
Diluted
  $ 0.06     $ 0.01     $ (0.09 )   $ (0.04 )
                                   
Three Months Ended

December 31, September 27, June 28, March 29,
2002 2002 2002 2002




(Unaudited)
Sales
  $ 45,099     $ 37,419     $ 39,664     $ 36,888  
Gross profit
    13,408       11,310       12,203       12,273  
Net loss
    (4,577 )     (5,415 )     (11,112 )     (6,620 )
Net loss per common share:
                               
 
Basic
  $ (0.11 )   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.27 )   $ (0.16 )
 
Diluted
  $ (0.11 )   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.27 )   $ (0.16 )
 
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

      None

 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

      As of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of members of our management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003. During the period covered by this Annual Report, there has not been any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART III

 
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Directors

      The information required by this Item with respect to directors is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 20, 2004 (the “2004 Proxy Statement”) which is to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or SEC) pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about April 23, 2004.

86


Table of Contents

Executive Officers

      The information required by this Item with respect to executive officers is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement, which is to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about April 23, 2004.

Promoters and Control Persons

      The information required by this Item with respect to promoters and control persons is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement, which is to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about April 23, 2004.

Reports of Beneficial Ownership

      The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement, which is to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about April 23, 2004.

Code of Ethics

      The information required by this Item is incorporated hereby by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement, which is to be filed with the SEC on or about April 23, 2004.

 
Item 11. Executive Compensation

      The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement which is to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about April 23, 2004.

      Equity Compensation Plan Information — The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement which is to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about April 23, 2004.

 
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

      The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement which is to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about April 23, 2004.

 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

      The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement which is to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about April 23, 2004.

 
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

      The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement which is to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about April 23, 2004.

PART IV

 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

List of Financial Statements

      The financial statements required by this item are listed in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” herein.

87


Table of Contents

List of Financial Statement Schedules

      See “Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.” All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not required or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

List of Exhibits

      See the Company’s SEC filings on Edgar at: http://www.sec.gov/ for all Exhibits.

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  2.1     Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 27, 1998, by and among the Registrant, Grizzly Acquisition Corp., New Grizzly Acquisition Corp. and General Scanning, Inc. Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the Schedules referred to in the Merger Agreement are omitted. The Registrant hereby undertakes to furnish a supplemental a copy of any omitted Schedule to the Commission upon request.(3)
  2.2     Purchase and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions, dated as of February 29, 2000, by and between Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and General Scanning, Inc., including amendments.(7)
  2.3     Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 19, 2000, between GSI Lumonics Life Science Trust, GSI Lumonics Trust, Inc. and Packard BioScience Company.(6)
  2.4     Agreement for the sale and purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Westwind Air Bearings Limited and Westwind Air Bearings Inc. (13)
  3.1     Certificate and Articles of Continuance of the Registrant dated March 22, 1999.(3)
  3.2     By-Law No. 1 of the Registrant.(3)
  4.1     1981 Stock Option Plan of GSI.(1)
  4.2     1992 Stock Option Plan of GSI.(1)
  4.3     1995 Directors’ Warrant Plan of GSI.(1)
  4.4     1994 Key Employees and Directors Stock Option Plan of the Registrant.(3)
  4.5     1995 Stock Option Plan for Employees and Directors of the Registrant.(5)
  4.6     GSI Lumonics Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (10)
  4.7     Restatement of the 1995 Stock Option Plan for Employees and Directors of the Registrant. (11)
  4.8     Loan Agreement among General Scanning, Inc., GSI Lumonics Corporation and Fleet National Bank dated June 28, 2002. (12)
  4.9     Secured Revolving Time Note between General Scanning, Inc. and Fleet National Bank dated June 28, 2002. (12)
  4.10     Security Agreement between General Scanning, Inc. and Fleet National Bank dated June 28, 2002. (12)
  10.1     Lease dated July 15, 1997, as amended to date, between GSI and The Wilmington Realty Trust.(2)
  10.2     Settlement Agreement dated June 12, 1998 between GSI and Robotic Vision Systems, Inc.(3)
  10.3     OEM Supply Agreement between the Registrant and Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd. dated August 31, 1999.(4)
  10.4     Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas Swain dated May 24, 2001.(8)
  10.5     Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Victor Woolley dated May 24, 2001.(8)
  10.6     Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Linda Palmer dated May 24, 2001.(8)
  10.7     Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Kurt A. Pelsue dated May 24, 2001.(9)
  10.8     Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Alfonso DaSilva dated July 9, 2001.(9)
  10.9     Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Victor H. Woolley dated June 25, 2002. (12)
  10.10     Termination Amendment to Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Victor H. Woolley dated June 25, 2002. (12)

88


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  10.11     Agreement of Purchase and Sale of property between the Registrant and Marcomm Fibre Optics, Inc. dated March 7, 2003. (13)
  10.12     Agreement regarding termination benefits between the Registrant and Felix Stukalin dated April 21, 2003. *
  10.13     Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Property between the Registrant and NegotiArt Inc. dated June 20, 2003. *
  10.14     First Amending Agreement to the Agreement Purchase and Sale between the Registrant and NegotiArt Inc. dated October 1, 2003. *
  10.15     Employment agreement between the Registrant and Charles D. Winston dated January 1, 2004 *
  21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant. *
  23.1     Consent of Independent Chartered Accountants. *
  31.1     Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
  31.2     Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
  32.1     Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
  32.2     Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 *
  99     Selected Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes in U.S. Dollars and in accordance with Canadian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. *
  99.1     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Canadian Supplement. *


(1)  Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement of General Scanning, Inc. on Form S-1, filed August 11, 1995.
 
(2)  Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of General Scanning, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1997.
 
(3)  Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/ A (Amendment No. 2) of Lumonics Inc., filed February 11, 1999.
 
(4)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
 
(5)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed August 4, 2000.
 
(6)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 16, 2000.
 
(7)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
 
(8)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 29, 2001.
 
(9)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 28, 2001.

(10)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed November 16, 2001.
 
(11)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
 
(12)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 28, 2002.
 
(13)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 10, 2003.

89


Table of Contents

(13)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

  * Filed herewith

Reports on Form 8-K

  •  Form 8-K dated October 23, 2003 and furnished on October 23, 2003 — Item 12. Results of Operations and Financial Condition

      Disclosed, and included as an exhibit, a press release announcing the Company’s financial position and results of operations as of and for the fiscal quarter ended September 26, 2003.

  •  Form 8-K dated December 10, 2003 and filed on December 10, 2003 — Item 2. Acquisition or Disposition of Assets

      Disclosed, and included as an exhibit, a purchase agreement and a press release announcing that GSI Lumonics Corporation completed the purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Westwind Air Bearings Inc. from FR Holdings Inc. and GSI Lumonics Limited completed the purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Westwind Air Bearings Limited from Cobham Plc and Lockman Investments Limited.

90


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant, GSI Lumonics Inc., has duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  GSI LUMONICS INC.

  By:  /s/ CHARLES D. WINSTON
 
  Charles D. Winston
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 15, 2004

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Charles D. Winston and Thomas R. Swain, and each of them, his true and lawful proxies, attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and title with the SEC any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, together with all exhibits thereto, (ii) act, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, and (iii) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact, and each of them and his and their substitute or substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact, any of them or any of his or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following person on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ CHARLES D. WINSTON

Charles D. Winston
  Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer
  March 15, 2004
 
/s/ THOMAS R. SWAIN

Thomas R. Swain
  Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  March 15, 2004
 
/s/ RICHARD B. BLACK

Richard B. Black
  Director   March 15, 2004
 
/s/ PAUL F. FERRARI

Paul F. Ferrari
  Chairman of the Board of Directors   March 15, 2004
 
/s/ PHILLIP A. GRIFFITHS

Phillip A. Griffiths
  Director   March 15, 2004

91


Table of Contents

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ BYRON O. POND

Byron O. Pond
  Director   March 15, 2004
 
/s/ BENJAMIN J. VIRGILIO

Benjamin J. Virgilio
  Director   March 15, 2004

92


Table of Contents

GSI LUMONICS INC.

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                                           
Balance at Charged to Allowance Balance
Beginning Costs and Established From at End
Description of Period Expenses Acquisitions Deductions of Period






Year ended December 31, 2001
                                       
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 2,758     $ 1,130     $     $ (854 )   $ 3,034  
Year ended December 31, 2002
                                       
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 3,034     $ 209     $     $ (562 )   $ 2,681  
Year ended December 31, 2003
                                       
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 2,681     $ 687     $ 1,931     $ (834 )   $ 4,465  

93 EX-10.12 3 b49019glexv10w12.txt EX-10.12 AGREEMENT RE: TERMINATION BENEFITS EXHIBIT 10.12 AGREEMENT REGARDING TERMINATION BENEFITS This "Agreement Regarding Termination Benefits" ("Agreement") is entered into on April 21, 2003 (the "Effective Date") between GSI Lumonics Inc., a New Brunswick, Canada Corporation with Canadian offices at 39 Auriga Drive, Nepean, Ontario K2E 7T9 Canada (the "Company") and Felix Stukalin with a residential address of 451 Brook Street, Framingham, MA 01701 ("Employee"). WHEREAS, Employee is employed by the Company as Vice President, Business Development, a position that the Company has designated as a key managerial position; and WHEREAS, the Company and Employee have agreed on certain Termination Benefits in the event the Employee's employment with the Company terminates under the conditions described herein. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and the Employee agree as follows: 1. Effective Date and Term: This Agreement shall become effective as of the date set forth in the opening paragraph. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3 and 5 below, this Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of one year from the Effective Date and may only be extended or renewed by a written amendment, signed by the parties hereto. 2. Definitions: For purposes of this Agreement, capitalized terms shall be defined as follows: "Base Salary" shall mean the Employee's annual salary, exclusive of benefits, stock options, bonuses, commissions, and incentive payments, in effect on the Date of Termination. "Cause" shall mean: (i) any material breach by the Employee of any agreement between the Employee and the Company or the Company's subsidiaries, affiliates or divisions, including without limitation any non-competition, non-disclosure, non-solicitation, confidentiality, trade secret or other such agreements; (ii) any act (other than termination of employment for Good Reason) or omission to act by the Employee that would reasonably be likely to have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company or the Company's subsidiaries, affiliates or divisions, as the case may be; (iii) the failure by the Employee to substantially performance the Employee's material duties; (iv) the use by the Employee of drugs or of alcohol in a manner which materially affects his/her ability to perform his/her employment duties; (v) the conviction of the Employee by a court of competent jurisdiction of any criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust or any felony; or (vi) any material misconduct or material violation of the Company's policies by the Employee. 1 "Change in Control" shall mean (i) any Person becomes a beneficial owner of thirty percent (30%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; (ii) the Company's stockholders approve a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, a merger or consolidation, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or stock; or (iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not include (x) a consummated merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes a beneficial owner of thirty percent (30%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or (y) a consummated merger or consolidation of the Company resulting in the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 60% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (z) a shareholder approved sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or stock to an entity in which at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities owned by shareholders are in substantially the same ownership proportions immediately before and after such sale or disposition. "Company" shall mean "GSI Lumonics Inc. and, except in determining whether or not a Change of Control of the Company has occurred, shall include its successor and assigns, and any corporation or other entity which is the surviving or continuing entity following a merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or stock. "Date of Termination" shall mean the date the Company designates as the last day of Employee's employment with the Company. "Disability" shall mean incapacity of the Employee due to physical or mental illness such that the Employee shall have been absent from the full time performance of his/her duties with the Company for a period of six (6) consecutive months or two-hundred and forty (240) days in any period of 365 days but such term shall not include death. "Good Reason" shall mean any of the following acts by the Company or failures by the Company to act unless such act or failure to act is corrected within ten (10) days of the Date of Termination specified in the Notice of Termination given by the Employee to the Company: (i) a substantial adverse change in the nature or scope of the Employee's responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties; (ii) a reduction in the Employee's annual Base Salary or benefits, except for across-the-board reductions similarly affection all or substantially all key managerial employees; (iii) the relocation of the office at which the Employee is principally employed to a location more than fifty (50) miles from such office; or (iv) the Company's failure to offer the Employee participation in any benefit plan(s) or include the Employee in any incentive plan(s) made available to all or substantially all other key managerial employees; provided however, that the Employee's failure 2 to meet the participation requirements in such incentive plan or other benefit plan or the Employee's failure to meet the requirements for receipt of such incentive plan payment or benefit under any such other plan will not constitute "Good Reason" within the meaning of this Agreement. "Notice of Termination: shall mean a written letter from one party to the other party indicating in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Employee's employment and the specific provision in this Agreement relied upon. "Person" shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, other than (i) the Company, or its subsidiaries, affiliates or divisions, (ii) a trustee or fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates; (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities; and (iv) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company. 3. Termination Benefits: The Company shall provide the following Termination Benefits to the Employee if his/her employment with the Company is terminated (i) by the Company for any reason other than for Death, Disability, or Cause, regardless of whether prior to, following or relating to a Change of Control; or (ii) by the Employee for Good Reason. Salary Continuation: The Company shall continue to pay the Employee his /her Base Salary as of the Date of Termination for a period of twelve (12) months. Under no circumstances shall the Employee receive more than a total of twelve (12) months of salary continuation under this Agreement. All salary continuation payments shall be in accord with the Company's usual pay practices. Bonus: At such time as the Company would customarily pay bonuses, the Company shall pay the Employee an amount equal to the bonus Employee earned pursuant to the terms of the applicable bonus plan, prorated based on the number of days the Employee actually worked in the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs and the bonus was earned. No additional bonus payment, other than that which was earned prior to the Date of Termination, shall be paid to the Employee. Benefits: The Employee's COBRA period shall commence on the first day following the expiration of the Employee's salary continuation period. During the salary continuation period, the Company shall continue contributing to the Employee's medical and dental insurance premiums on the same basis it contributes to such premiums for other key managerial employees and at the same level in existence prior to the Date of Termination. After the expiration of the salary continuation period, the Employee may continue his/her medical and dental insurance under the Company's medical and dental group plans at his/her own expense for the remainder of the COBRA period. All other benefits, including but not limited to short and long term disability insurance, life insurance, and participation in the employee stock purchase plan shall cease as of the Date of Termination. 3 Stock Options: All stock options held by the Employee shall be governed exclusively by the terms of the applicable Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement (including any successor plan and agreement) under which the stock options were granted to the Employee, except that all stock options which are outstanding and unexercised as of the Date of Termination shall remain outstanding and exercisable for the shorter of (a) six (6) months from the Date of Termination, or (b) the remainder of the full term of the option pursuant to the applicable Stock Option Plan and Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Agreement shall not modify or alter any of the terms applicable to the Employee's stock options, including but not limited to the vesting schedule. Conditions: The Company's obligation to provide and the Employee's right to receive any of the Termination Benefits described in this Section 3 are conditioned on the (i) Employee signing a release of any claims he/she may have against the Company in connection with his/her employment by and termination from employment with the Company in a form, mutually agreed upon that is customary for such transactions; and (ii) Employee's compliance with any post-termination obligations he/she may have to the Company arising from any agreement the Employee has with the Company, its subsidiaries, affiliates or divisions, including but not limited to any non-competition, non-disclosure, non-solicitation, confidentiality, trade secret protection or other such obligations. Taxes and Withholdings: All payments made by the Company to the Employee under this Agreement shall be net of any taxes (whether local, state, federal, provincial or otherwise) or other required or voluntary withholdings or deductions. The Employee shall not be eligible for or receive any Termination Benefits described above upon the Employee's resignation of or retirement from employment with the Company. 4. Termination Notice: Any purported termination of the Employee's employment (other than by reason of Death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party to the other party and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (a) mailed by U.S. registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; (b) sent via facsimile with a confirmed facsimile transmission receipt; (c) hand delivered to the Employee or to the Chief Executive Officer; or (c) sent via overnight delivery with a confirmed receipt of delivery; in each instance addressed, if to the Employee or the Company, as the case may be at the address noted below or to such other address as either party may furnish to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of a change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt. To the Company: GSI Lumonics Inc. C/o GSI Lumonics Corporation 39 Manning Road Billerica, MA 01821 USA Attention: General Counsel 4 To the Employee: __________________________ __________________________ __________________________ 5. At-Will Employment: Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as an express or implied contract of employment between the Employee and the Company (or its subsidiaries, affiliate or divisions) or as a commitment on the part of the Company to retain Employee in any capacity for any period of time. Employee acknowledges and agrees that his/her employment with the Company is on an at-will basis and may be terminated at any time, with or without Cause or for any reason, at the option of either the Company or Employee, with notice, subject to the Company's obligation to provide the Termination Benefits as provided for herein. 6. Successors and Assigns/No Third Party Beneficiaries: This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successor and assigns of each of the parties; provided however, that neither party shall assign or delegate any of the obligations created under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing (i) the Company shall have the unrestricted right to assign this Agreement and to delegate all or any part of its obligations hereunder to any of its subsidiaries, affiliates or divisions, but in such event such assignee shall expressly assume all obligations of the Company hereunder and (ii) the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any Person who succeeds to all or substantially all of the Company's business, assets or stock, whether by merger, consolidation, or purchase of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, stock, or business. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon any Person not a party to this Agreement, or the legal representative, executor, administrator or heir of such Person, any rights or remedies of any nature or kind whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement, except that (and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary) if the Employee's employment is terminated with the Company as a result of Death, then the Employee's heirs shall be entitled to the Salary continuation and Bonus payments in Section 3, Termination Benefits in addition to any applicable life insurance payments made to such heirs as beneficiaries under such life insurance policy, provided such heirs sign a release of any assigned claims described under section (i) in the Conditions paragraph of Section 3, Termination Benefits. 7. Waiver and Amendments: Any waiver, alteration, amendment or modification o any of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid only if made in writing and signed by the parties hereto. No waiver by either of the parties hereto of their rights hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrences or transactions hereunder unless such waiver is in writing and specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver. 8. Severability and Governing Law: Employee acknowledges and agrees that the covenants set forth herein are reasonable and valid. If any of such covenants or such other provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid or unenforceable by a final determination of a court of competent jurisdiction (i) the remaining terms 5 and provisions hereof shall be unimpaired and (ii) the invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be deemed replaced by a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid and unenforceable term or provision. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to its conflict of law principles. 9. Section Heading: The headings of the Sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof, or affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or of any term of provision hereof. 10. Entire Agreement: This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties regarding the subject matter of this Agreement and supercedes all prior negotiations, discussions, correspondence, communications, understandings, representations and agreements between the parties, oral or otherwise, express or implied, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. 11. Counterparts: This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Company, by a duly authorized officer, and by the Employee. GSI LUMONICS INC. EMPLOYEE: \s\ Charles D. Winston \s\ Felix Stukalin - ---------------------------- --------------------------- Name: Charles D. Winston Name: Felix Stukalin Title: President and Chief Executive Officer 6 EX-10.13 4 b49019glexv10w13.txt EX-10.13 AGREEMENT OF PURCHASE AND SALE EXHIBIT 10.13 - 1 - AGREEMENT OF PURCHASE AND SALE This agreement)(the "Agreement") dated as of the 20th day of June, 2003 between NEGOTIART Inc. "In Trust" (the "Purchaser") and GSI LUMONICS INC. (the "Vendor") provides for the purchase of the land and premises (the "Property") known as 105 Schneider Road, Ottawa (Kanata), Ontario, Canada as more particularly described in Schedule "A" to this Agreement. For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged, the Purchaser and Vendor agree as follows: 1. PURCHASE, PURCHASE PRICE AND CLOSING DATE. The Purchaser agrees to purchase and the Vendor agrees to sell the Property on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement and for the purchase price (the "Purchase Price") of THREE MILLION TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $3,200,000.00) payable as to TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $25,000.00) by cheque to be delivered by the Purchaser no later than June 24,2003 paid to to the Vendor's agent, namely Colliers Macaulay Nicolls (Ontario) Inc. "In Trust" to be held as a deposit (the "Deposit"), and an amount of SEVEN HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $775,000), subject to adjustment, payable to the Vendor as it may direct by cash or certified cheque on the completion of this Agreement. This transaction will be completed on or before the 29th day of August, 2003 (the "Closing Date"). The balance of TWO MILLION FOUR HUNDRED THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $2,400,000), shall be payable to the Vendor in accordance with the mortgage terms contained in section 2 of this Agreement. 2. MORTGAGE TERMS. Vendor agrees to provide to Purchaser, and Purchaser accepts, a mortgage in the amount of TWO MILLION FOUR HUNDRED THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $2,400,000) substantially in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the mortgage attached as Schedule "B" hereto ("Mortgage") and the terms and conditions in this section 2. The Mortgage shall be for a period of twenty-five (25) month from the Closing Date which shall be August 29, 2003. The full amount of the Mortgage shall become due and payable upon the expiration of the twenty-five (25) month period from the Closing Date which shall be September 29, 2005. No capital payment of any kind is due from Purchaser on the Mortgage prior to September 29,2005. The interest rate for the Mortgage shall be 0% if paid on or before August 29, 2005 and the Purchaser shall have the right to prepay the Mortgage without bonus or penalty anytime up to and including August 29,2005. If Purchaser makes any such prepayment then Vendor agrees to give Purchaser a discount rate on the pre-paid amount from the date that such pre-payment is made, through September 29, 2005, the maturity date of the Mortgage, at 2.5% annually. If payment of the Mortgage is made (i) on or after August 30,2005 through September 29, 2005 or (ii) during the cure period as contained in Schedule B if Purchaser does not make the payment on September 29, 2005, interest would accrue at the rate of 6% per anum on the unpaid balance. 3. PARTIAL MORTGAGE RELEASE. For purposes of this Agreement the Purchase Price for the Property shall be allocated as follows: a. TWO MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $2,800,000) for that parcel as presently described on which the building is located ("Primary Parcel"). b. FOUR HUNDRED THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $400,000) for the two parcels as presently described on which no structures are located ("Secondary Parcels"). -2- Subject to compliance with the Planning Act (Ontario) Vendor shall grant Purchaser a partial mortgage release of the Secondary Parcels if Purchaser pays to Vendor as it may direct by cash or certified cheque an amount of FOUR HUNDRED THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $400,000) or Purchaser completes improvements on the Primary Parcel in the amount of FOUR HUNDRED THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $400,000) and can provide documentation Satisfactory to Vendor showing the improvements made and their cost. 4. CONDITIONS. a. Purchaser's Conditions. The Purchaser's obligation to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Purchaser of each of the following conditions by the date specified, which conditions are for the sole benefit of the Purchaser and which may be waived by the Purchaser in its sole discretion: i. Due Diligence. This Agreement is conditional upon the Purchaser inspection and approval of the physical property by its agents, consultants or any other persons as the Purchaser deems necessary. The physical inspection shall include but not be limited to roof, mechanical, environmental, and structural space inspections, the examination of any legal restrictions, rights of way or easements which the Vendor is not obliged to discharge on or before the Closing Date, and the obtaining of reports satisfactory to the Purchaser at its own expense. The Vendor agrees to co-operate with the Purchaser in providing reasonable access to the Property for the purpose of this inspection and Purchaser agrees that Vendor will have the right to have one or more representatives of Vendor accompany Purchaser's representatives, agents or designees while they are on the Property. Unless the Purchaser gives notice in writing delivered to the Vendor not later than 5:00 P.M. Ottawa Time on the 22nd day of August 2003 (the "Condition Date") that this condition is fulfilled, this Agreement shall be null and void and the deposit shall be returned to the Purchaser in full (without interest). This condition is included for the sole benefit of the Purchaser and may be waived at their option in writing to the Vendor within the time period stated herein. Any damage resulting from the Purchaser's tests or investigations will be promptly repaired at its sole expense. ii. Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Vendor set out in this Agreement will be true and accurate and of the same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date and all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement to be complied with or performed by the Vendor on or prior to the Closing Date will have been complied with or performed. iii. Purchaser's Board Approval. This Agreement is conditional upon the Purchaser obtaining final approval from the Board of Directors of Negotiart Inc. Unless the Purchaser gives notice in writing delivered to the Vendor not later than 5:00 P.M. Ottawa Time on the 25th day of June, 2003 that this condition is fulfilled, this Agreement shall be null and void and the deposit shall be retained by the Vendor in full together with accrued interest. b. Vendor's Board Approval. This Agreement is conditional upon the Vendor obtaining final approval from the Board of Directors of GSI Lumonics Inc. Unless the Vendor gives notice in writing delivered to the Purchaser not later than 5:00 P.M. Ottawa Time on the 25th day of June, 2003 that this condition is fulfilled, this Agreement shall be null and void and the deposit shall be returned to the Purchaser in full together with accrued interest. - 3 - 5. VENDOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. The Vendor covenants, represents and warrants to and in favour of the Purchaser that: a. ENVIRONMENTAL. To the best of the Vendor's knowledge and belief, the Property has never been used at any time as a landfill or waste disposal site and that the use and occupation of the Property and condition of the Property do not contravene any law, by-law, order, ordinance, ruling, regulation, guideline, policy, certificate, approval, consent or directive of any applicable federal, provincial or municipal government, department, agency or authority or any court relating to any environmental matters relating to the Property and the Property does not contain any contaminant, pollutant, dangerous, noxious or toxic substance, hazardous waste, flammable, explosive or radioactive material, ureaformaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls or any other substance or material ("Hazardous Substance") that may be detrimental to the environment, including the air, soil, subsoil or surface or ground water at the Property. The Vendor has not emitted, released, discharged or disposed or deposited any Hazardous Substance at or near the Property and there are no claims, actions, prosecutions, charges or any other proceedings, and the Vendor has received no notice of any such proceedings, which relate to the environmental status of the Property. b. Section 116. The Vendor is not now, and will on the Closing Date not be, a non-resident of Canada within the meaning of Section 116 of the Income Tax Act (Canada). c. Liabilities. There are no contracts, agreements or employees associated with the Property in respect of which the Purchaser will incur any liability as a result of becoming the owner of the Property. d. Charges and Levies. There are no local improvement charges, development charges or special levies outstanding against the Property and there will be no such charges or levies outstanding against the Property as of the Closing Date. e. Work Orders. If any work order, deficiency notice, notice of violation or other communication from any governmental authority or other regulating entity is received by the Vendor or the Purchaser on or prior to the Closing Date, the Vendor will, at its expense, perform any required work or other actions required pursuant to such communication on or prior to the Closing Date. f. No Litigation. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Vendor, threatened against or affecting the Vendor, the Property or the occupancy or use of the Property by the Vendor or by the Tenant, in law or in equity, which could affect the validity of this Agreement or any transaction provided for in this Agreement, the title to the Property or any part of the Property, the conveyance of the Property to the Purchaser, the right of the Purchaser from and after the Closing Date to own, occupy and obtain the revenue from the Property or any action taken or to be taken in connection with this Agreement. g. No Indebtedness Constituting a Lien. The Vendor will not on the Closing Date have any indebtedness to any person that might by operation of law or otherwise constitute a lien, charge or encumbrance on the Property or any part of the Property or which could affect the right of the Purchaser, from and after the Closing Date, to own occupy and obtain the revenue from the Property. -4- h. Licenses, Approvals & Permits. All necessary licenses, approvals and permits for the construction, occupancy and operation of the Property and for its existing use have been obtained. i. Vacant Possession. The Property is not subject to any lease or agreement to lease and the Purchaser shall have vacant possession of the Property on the Closing Date. 6. PURCHASER'S REPRESENTATIONS. the purchaser covenants, represents and warrant to and in favour of the vendor that: a. Authority to Execute; Organization. Purchaser is validly organized and in good standing under the laws of the province of its organization, and the execution of this Agreement, delivery of money and all required documents, Purchaser's performance of this Agreement and the transaction contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by the requisite action on the part of the Purchaser and Purchaser's directors, partners, members, managers or trustees. b. Purchaser Acknowledgement. As of the expiration of the Condition Date Purchaser acknowledges that it has been given a reasonable opportunity to inspect and investigate the Property, all improvements thereon and all aspects relating thereto, either independently or through agents and experts of Purchaser's choosing and that Purchaser is acquiring the Property based upon Purchaser's own investigation and inspection thereof, but subject to its reliance on the representations and warranties of the Vendor contained in this Agreement. 7. VENDOR'S DELIVERIES/COVENANTS. the vendor will provide to the purchaser the following: a. Survey and other Documentation. The Vendor covenants to make available to the Purchaser any plan of survey and construction drawings or environmental studies that are in the possession of the Vendor, For clarity, the Vendor shall have no responsibility to provide any new or up to date survey except as may be in the Vendor's possession as of the date of this Agreement. Any surveys, tests, investigations, or studies, performed by or at the direction of Purchaser shall be at Purchaser's sole cost and expense. b. Miscellaneous Documentation. Between the date of this Agreement and the Condition Date, the Vendor shall, upon reasonable written request in advance by the Purchaser, provide the Purchaser with reasonable access to pertinent files, documents, inspection reports and historical building operating statements that are in the possession of the Vendor. In addition, the Vendor shall cooperate in providing reasonable access to Purchaser and its contractors for the purpose of completing roof, mechanical, environmental, and structural space inspections. All costs of such inspections shall be the responsibility of Purchaser and shall be at Purchaser's sole cost and expense. Purchaser shall restore any damage caused to the Property by Purchaser's entry on the Property for inspection purposes at Purchaser's sole cost and expense if the transaction contemplated under this Agreement is not completed. c. Material Change(s). The Vendor covenants that until the successful completion of this transaction, the Vendor will give the Purchaser prompt written notice of any material change of which the Vendor becomes aware in respect of any of the documentation delivered pursuant to this Agreement, or any change of which the Vendor becomes aware in respect of the Property. d. Commissions. The Vendor shall pay any real estate commissions payable in connection with the sale of the Property and indemnify the Purchaser, if necessary, only for the amount of such commissions. -5- 8. TITLE. Provided that title to the Property will be marketable and free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances, easements, encroachments, rights-of-way, dower or spousal claims, restrictive covenants, reservations and defects of every nature or kind other than any building or other restrictions registered on title to the Property, and any easements or rights-of-way for the installation of and/or maintenance of services, utilities, provided same have been complied with to the Closing Date. The Purchaser will be allowed until the 22nd day of August 2003 to examine the title to the Property at its own expense. If within that time the Purchaser provides any valid objection to title or description in writing to the Vendor which the Vendor is unable or unwilling to remove or satisfy and which the Purchaser will not waive, this Agreement will, at the option of the Purchaser, and notwithstanding any intermediate acts or negotiations in respect of such objection, terminate and the Deposit and other monies paid under this Agreement by the Purchaser, together with accrued interest, will be returned to the Purchaser immediately. The Vendor covenants to discharge all liens, charges, and other encumbrances on or prior to the Closing Date and will deliver up vacant possession of the Property on the Closing Date. 9. ADJUSTMENTS. a. Utilities. The amount due on any gas, electric, water, sewer, or other utility bill relating to the Property shall be paid by Vendor as of the Closing Date (the day itself to be apportioned to the Purchaser). Any utility deposits made by Vendor shall be and remain the property of Vendor. Vendor shall terminate all such utilities in its name as of August 29, 2003 and shall have no further obligation to pay any such utilities. Purchaser shall be responsible for notifying all utilities and commencing their own service as of August 30, 2003, in their name. Purchaser shall be responsible for paying all utilities commencing August 30,2003. b. Realty Taxes. All real estate taxes in respect to any calendar year prior to the year in which the Closing Date occurs, including penalties, interest and deferred payments, shall be paid by Vendor on or before the Closing Date. Purchaser shall have the same obligation for the period of time subsequent to the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs. All real estate taxes attributable to the Property due and payable in the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs shall be prorated as of the Closing Date (the day itself to be apportioned to the Purchaser). If the Closing Date shall occur before the actual real estate taxes for the year of the Closing Date (i.e., taxes due and payable in 2003) are known, the apportionment of real estate taxes shall be upon the basis of the real estate taxes for the immediately preceding year, provided that if the taxes for the current year are thereafter determined to be more or less than the real estate taxes for the preceding year (after any appeal in assessed valuation thereof is concluded) Vendor and Purchaser promptly shall adjust the proration of such real estate taxes and Vendor or Purchaser, as the case may be, shall pay to the other any amount required as a result of such an adjustment. If there is any refund, this shall be prorated between Vendor and Purchaser based on the Closing Date. For purposes of calculating prorations, all prorations shall be made on the basis of the actual number of days of the year and month which have elapsed as of the Closing Date. c. Insurance. Any insurance maintained by the Vendor will not be transferred as of the Closing Date but will remain the responsibility of the Vendor until the Closing Date. All risk of loss or damage with respect to the Property shall pass from Vendor to Purchaser on the Closing Date. 10. GST. No goods and services tax will be paid by the Purchaser to the Vendor with respect to the purchase by the Purchaser of the Property if the Purchaser provides to the Vendor on or -6- prior to the Closing Date a certificate of the Purchaser indicating the Purchaser's registration number for the purposes of the Goods and Services Tax imposed under the Excise Tax Act (Canada). 11. CLOSING ARRANGEMENTS AND VENDOR'S DELIVERIES. This Agreement will be completed at or prior to 5:00 p.m. (Ottawa time) on the Closing Date at the offices of the Vendor's Solicitors in Ottawa, Ontario. On the Closing Date the Vendor will deliver to the Purchaser the following documents: a. Deed. A registrable transfer/deed to the Property in fee simple; b. Certificate. A Certificate of the Vendor certifying that it is not a non-resident within the meaning of S. 116 of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and that the representations and warranties of the Vendor contained in this Agreement are true and accurate as of the Closing Date; c. Undertaking. An undertaking to adjust and readjust any items properly adjustable pursuant to this Agreement. d. Keys. All keys and entry devices with respect to the property and the combination of any locks or vaults. e. Other. Such other bills of sale, transfers, assignments, declarations, discharges, if any, and documents relating to the completion of this Agreement as may be reasonably necessary and appropriate to complete the transaction contemplated in this Agreement. 12. CLOSING DELIVERIES OF THE PURCHASER. The Purchaser will on the Closing Date deliver to the Vendor the amount of SEVEN HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $775,000) by a certified cheque or bank draft payable to the Vendor, or as the Vendor may in writing direct; an undertaking to readjust; the GST certificate referred to in Section 10, an executed mortgage in accordance with section 2, Mortgage Terms, hereof in substantially the form of Schedule "B" attached hereto, and such other documentation as may be reasonably necessary and appropriate to complete the transaction contemplated in this Agreement. 13. RISK. All buildings and improvements on the Property will be and remain until the Closing Date at the risk of the Vendor. Until completion of this Agreement, the Vendor will maintain insurance on the Property in such amounts as a careful and prudent owner of similar property and premises would maintain. Pending completion, the Vendor will hold all insurance policies, if any, and the proceeds from any such policies in trust for the parties as their interests may appear and In the event of damage, the Purchaser may either terminate this Agreement and have the Deposit and other monies paid under this Agreement by the Purchaser returned together with any accrued interest or, at its option, take the proceeds of any insurance and complete the purchase. 14. LIABILITY OF PURCHASER. If the Purchaser will default in the performance of any obligation under this Agreement and such default entitles the Vendor to terminate this Agreement, such right of termination will be the Vendor's only remedy and the, Vendor will be entitled to retain the Deposit as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. 15. CONFIDENTIALITY. Vendor and Purchaser hereby covenant and agree that, at all times after the date of execution hereof and prior to the Closing Date, unless consented to in writing by the - 7 - other party, no press release or other public disclosure concerning this transaction shall be made, and each party agrees to use best efforts to prevent disclosure of this transaction, other than (i) to directors and officers of the parties, and employees, prospective mortgage lenders of Purchaser, solicitors, accountants, agents and affiliates of the parties who are Involved in the ordinary course of business with this transaction, all of which shall be instructed to comply with the confidentiality provisions hereof or (ii) as required by law. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason by either party, Purchaser shall have the obligation to return to Vendor all documents and copies thereof and any other information received by Purchaser from Vendor or Vendor's agents with respect to the Property ("Information ")and shall not disclose to any third party the contents thereof. Vendor shall have no obligation to return any sums due Purchaser until all Information has been returned to Vendor. 16. ASSIGNMENT. Neither party may assign this Agreement and/or the Mortgage without the prior written consent of the other party which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 17. GENERAL. Any tender of documents or money may be made upon the Vendor or the Purchaser or upon their respective solicitors and money may be tendered by certified cheque or bank draft drawn on a Canadian Chartered Bank. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Vendor and the Purchaser and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together will be deemed to constitute one and the same Agreement. Counterparts may be executed either in an original or fax form and the parties agree to adopt any signature received by facsimile as original signatures, provided however that any party providing its signature in such manner promptly forwards to the other party an original of the signed copy of the Agreement which, was so faxed. This Agreement will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable to this Agreement and will be treated in all respects as an Ontario contract. The use of headings in this Agreement is for convenience of reference only and will not affect the meaning or construction of this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, warranties or representations, discussions and negotiations with respect to this Agreement, whether oral or written. If the time limited for the performance or completion of any matter in this Agreement does not fall on a day that the public offices for registering documents to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement are open for business (a "Business Day"), the time so limited will extend to the next following Business Day. The parties will promptly do, execute, deliver or cause to be done, executed and delivered all further acts, documents and things to carry out the true intent of this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the body of this Agreement and Schedule "B" hereto, the terms and conditions contained in the body of this Agreement shall take precedence over the terms and conditions contained in Schedule "B" hereto. 18. PLANNING ACT. This Agreement will be effective to create an interest in the Property only if the provisions of the Planning Act (Ontario) are complied with. 19. NOTICE. Any notice, certificate, consent, waiver, amendment or other written communication required or permitted to be given under the Agreement will be in writing made by the parties or their respective solicitors and will be effectively given and made if delivered personally or by facsimile communication, in the case of the Vendor, addressed to it at: GSI Lumonics Inc. 39 Manning Road -8- Bellerica,MA 01821 U.S.A Attention: Mr. Charles Winston, President and Chief Executive Officer Facsimile No.: (978) 663-9466 and in the case of the Purchaser, addressed to it at: Negotiart Inc. 4 Cyrus Court Ottawa, Ontario K2H9C9 Attention: Mr. Tony Isaac, President Facsimile No.: (613)762-2092 Any communication given or made will be deemed to have been given or made on the day it was received unless (i) it was received after 5 p.m.; or (ii) if such day is not a Business Day, in each of which cases it will be deemed to have been given and made and to have been received on the next following Business Day. 20. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement. NEGOTIART INC. "IN TRUST" GSI LUMONICS INC. By:/s/ Tony Isaac By:/s/ Thomas R. Swain ---------------------------- ------------------------------ Name: Tony Isaac Name: Thomas R. Swain Title: President Title: Vice President & CFO -9- SCHEDULE "A" LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY PIN 04516-0012 and PIN 04516-0013 and PIN 04516-0036 ALL AS FURTHER DESCRIBED IN SCHEDULE B -10- SCHEDULE "B" MORTGAGE TERMS AND CONDITIONS EX-10.14 5 b49019glexv10w14.txt EX-10.14 FIRST AMENDING AGREEMENT EXHIBIT 10.14 FIRST AMENDING AGREEMENT This first amending agreement (the "First Amending Agreement") is dated as of the 1st day of October, 2003, between NEGOTIART in. "In Trust" (the "Purchaser") and GSI LUMONICS INC. (the "Vendor"). WHEREAS the Vendor and the Purchaser entered into an agreement of purchase and sale dated as of the 20th day of June, 2003 (the "Original Agreement ") in respect of the Property described therein and known as 105 Schneider Road, Ottawa (formerly Kanata), Ontario. AND WHEREAS the Original Agreement terminated as provided for therein upon expiry of the Condition Date, being August 22, 2003, as provided for in the Original Agreement. AND WHEREAS the Purchaser and the Vendor wish to reinstate all of the terms of the original agreement, subject only to specific amendments thereto as provided for in this First Amending Agreement. FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged, the Purchaser and Vendor agree as follows: 1. The Original Agreement is hereby revived in accordance with all of its terms and conditions, and the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they are bound to all of the provisions of the Original Agreement, subject only to such amendments thereto as are specifically provided for herein. Any defined terms not defined herein shall be interpreted in accordance with the corresponding definitions of such terms in the Original Agreement. 2. Section 1 of the Original Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following: 1. PURCHASE, PURCHASE PRICE AND CLOSING DATE. The Purchaser agrees to purchase and the Vendor agrees to sell the Property on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement and for the purchase price (the "Purchase Price") of THREE MILLION CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $3,000,000.00) payable as follows: (a) TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $25,000.00) which was previously paid by the Purchaser on or about June 24, 2003 to the Vendor's agent, namely Colliers Macaulay Nicolls (Ontario) Inc. "In Trust" to be held as a deposit (the "Deposit"); (b) SEVENTY-FIVE THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $75,000.00) by cheque to be delivered by the Purchaser no later than October 2, 2003 paid to the Vendor's agent, namely Colliers Macaulay Nicolls (Ontario) Inc. "In Trust" to be held as a deposit (upon such payment being included within the meaning of the term the "Deposit" for all purposes hereof); (c) an amount of TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $200,000), plus applicable adjustments to be apportioned to the Purchaser from and including October 1, 2003, payable to the Vendor as it may direct by cash or certified cheque on the completion of this Agreement; and (d) The balance of the Purchase Price shall be payable to the Vendor in accordance with the mortgage terms contained in section 2 of this Agreement. This transaction will be completed on or before the 1st day of December, 2003 (the "Closing Date"). 3. Section 2 of the Original Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following: 2. MORTGAGE TERMS. Vendor agrees to provide to Purchaser, and Purchaser accepts, a mortgage in the amount of the balance due on closing as calculated pursuant to section 1 (as amended). The mortgage shall otherwise be prepared substantially in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the mortgage provisions attached as Schedule "B" hereto ("Mortgage") and the terms and conditions in this section 2. The Mortgage shall be for a term commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the 30th day of November 2006. The full amount of the Mortgage shall become due and payable upon the expiration of the said term which shall be November 30th, 2006. No principal payment of any kind is due from Purchaser on the Mortgage prior to November 30, 2006. The interest rate for the Mortgage shall be 0% if paid on or before November 30th, 2006 and the Purchaser shall have the right to prepay the Mortgage without bonus or penalty anytime up to and including November 30, 2006. If Purchaser makes any such pre-payment then Vendor agrees to give Purchaser a discount rate on the pre-paid amount from the date that such pre-payment is made, through November 30, 2006, the maturity date of the Mortgage, at 2.5% annually. If payment of the Mortgage is made (i) on or after November 30, 2006 through December 31, 2006 or (ii) during the cure period as contained in Schedule B if Purchaser does not make the payment on November 30, 2006, interest would accrue at the rate of 6% per annum on the unpaid balance. Pursuant to the Mortgage the Purchaser shall be required, (1) by a date not later than six months following the Closing Date, to deposit the sum of TWO HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $250,000) and (2) by a date not later than twelve months following the Closing Date, to deposit and additional sum of TWO HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS (CDN $250,000) (the "Trust Fund") with the Vendor's solicitors, in trust, (the "Trustee") to be held in an interest bearing account pursuant to an escrow agreement to be prepared in a form acceptable to the Vendor's solicitors and the Purchaser's solicitors (both acting reasonably), and otherwise providing as follows. The Purchaser may decrease the amount that it deposits into the Trust by the amount of any Authorized Expenditures (as defined below, in this paragraph). The Mortgage shall provided that the Trust Fund may be paid to the Purchaser by the Trustee from time to time, in whole or in part, to pay for improvements to the Property similar in kind or nature to the improvements described in a certain "Suggested Base Building Renovation Costs", as prepared by architect Richard Chmiel and dated August 19, 2003 ("Authorized Expenditures"). The term Authorized Expenditures shall not include, and the Purchaser shall not be entitled to payment from the Trust Fund to pay for ongoing maintenance or operating costs for the Property. The Trustee shall be permitted and required to pay Trust Fund money to the Purchaser in accordance with the foregoing only if the Vendor has certified in writing to the Trustee that the Purchaser is not in default of any of its obligations under the Mortgage at the time of any such disbursement of Trust Fund money. In the event that the Purchaser does default under the Mortgage, the Vendor shall be entitled to the entire outstanding balance of the Trust Fund which balance shall be applied by the Vendor as a payment received from the Purchaser on account of amounts owing by the Purchaser to the Vendor pursuant to the Mortgage. Pursuant to the Mortgage, the Vendor shall be entitled to receive quarterly updates on the progress of work undertaken pursuant to the above-referenced improvements. Vendor as mortgagee will grant a partial release on the lands, which does not include the main building on the property, upon the earlier of CDN$500,000 deposited in escrow or the expensiture on the building in improvements not less than CDN$500,000. Pursuant to the Mortgage, any and all leases which the Purchaser proposes to enter into from time to time with respect to the Property shall be subject to the Vendor's prior written approval, as mortgagee, acting reasonably. 4. Section 3 of the Original Agreement shall be deleted. 5. Section 4(a) of the Original Agreement shall be amended by the deletion of subsections subsection 4(a)(i) entitled "Due Diligence" and by the deletion of subsection 4(a)(iii) entitled "Purchaser's Board Approval" and replaced with the following: iii. Purchaser's Board Approval: This Agreement (as amended) is conditional upon the Purchaser obtaining final approval from the Board of Directors of NegotiArt Inc. Unless the Purchase gives notice in writing delivered to the Vendor not later than 5:00 P.M. Ottawa Time on the 3rd day of October, 2003 that this condition is fulfilled, this Agreement shall be null and void and the deposit shall be returned to the Purchaser in full together with any interest and without deduction. 6. Section 9 of the Original Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following: 9. ADJUSTMENTS. a. Utilities. The amount due on any gas, electric, water, sewer, or other utility bill relating to the Property shall be paid by Vendor up to and including the Closing Date, provided that on completion of this Agreement (as amended) such amounts shall be apportioned to the Purchaser from and including the 1st day of October, 2003 as adjustments to the Purchase Price and payable by the Purchaser. Any utility deposits made by Vendor shall be and remain the property of Vendor. Vendor shall terminate all such utilities in its name as of the Closing Date and shall have no further obligation to pay any such utilities. Purchaser shall be responsible for notifying all utilities and commencing their own service as of the Closing Date, in their name. Purchaser shall be responsible for paying all utilities commencing on the Closing Date. b. Realty Taxes. All real estate taxes in respect to any calendar year prior to the year in which the Closing Date occurs, including penalties, interest and deferred payments, shall be paid by Vendor on or before the Closing Date. Purchaser shall have the same obligation for the period of time subsequent to the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs. On completion of this Agreement (as amended) all real estate taxes attributable to the Property due and payable in the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs shall be prorated as of the 1st day of October 2003 and apportioned to the Purchaser as adjustments to the Purchase Price and payable by the Purchaser (the day itself to be apportioned to the Purchaser). If the Closing Date shall occur before the actual real estate taxes for the year of the Closing Date (i.e., taxes due and payable in 2003) are known, the apportionment of real estate taxes shall be upon the basis of the real estate taxes for the immediately preceding year, provided that if the taxes for the current year are thereafter determined to be more or less than the real estate taxes for the preceding year (after any appeal in assessed valuation thereof is concluded) Vendor and Purchaser promptly shall adjust the proration of such real estate taxes and Vendor or Purchaser, as the case may be, shall pay to the other any amount required as a result of such an adjustment. If there is any refund of property taxes payable in respect of 2003 or previous taxation years pursuant to an appeal of the property as previously assessed and/or classified by the City of Ottawa, the Ontario Property Assessment Corporation, or any other agency or body with applicable jurisdiction, then such refund shall prorated between Vendor and Purchaser based on the adjustment date of October 1, 2003 as provided for above. c. Insurance. Any insurance maintained by the Vendor will not be transferred as of the Closing Date but will remain the responsibility of the Vendor until the Closing Date. All risk of loss or damage with respect to the Property shall pass from Vendor to Purchaser on the Closing Date. 7. Section 12 of the Original Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following: 12. CLOSING DELIVERIES OF THE PURCHASER. The Purchaser will on the Closing Date deliver to the Vendor the balance due on closing by a certified cheque or bank draft payable to the Vendor, or as the Vendor may in writing direct; an undertaking to readjust; the GST certificate referred to in Section 10, an executed mortgage in accordance with section 2, Mortgage Terms, hereof in substantially the form of Schedule "B" attached hereto, and such other documentation as may be reasonably necessary and appropriate to complete the transaction contemplated in this Agreement 8. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement. NEGOTIART INC. "IN TRUST" By: \s\ Tony Isaac -------------- Name: Tony Isaac Title: President GSI LUMONICS INC. By: \s\ Thomas R. Swain -------------------- Name: Thomas R. Swain Title: Vice President & CFO EX-10.15 6 b49019glexv10w15.txt EX-10.15 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (CHARLES D. WINSTON) EXHIBIT 10.15 GSI Lumonics EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 1st day of January, 2004 between GSI Lumonics Inc. (the "Company"), a corporation continued under the laws of New Brunswick and Charles D. Winston (the "Executive); WHEREAS the Company and the Executive have entered into an employment relationship for their mutual benefit; NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that the parties have agreed that the terms and conditions of the relationship shall be as follows: 1. DUTIES 1.1 The Company confirms the appointment of the Executive as Chief Executive Officer of the Company to undertake the duties requested of the Executive from time to time by the Board of Directors (the "Board") of the Company or such committee of the Board designated by the Board, and the Executive accepts the office on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. 1.2 The Executive, throughout the term of this Agreement shall devote his full time and attention to business and affairs of the Company and shall not, without the consent in writing of the Board of Directors undertake any other business or occupation or become an officer, employee, agent or consultant of any company, firm or individual nor hold more than 5% of the issued shares or stock of any company. 1.3 The Executive shall faithfully serve the Company and use his reasonable best efforts to promote the interests thereof. 2. TERM 2.1 The appointment of the Executive shall be for three years from the date hereof unless terminated sooner in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 2.2 If the employment of the Executive by the Company continues, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, until December 31, 2006, the Executive shall have the right to remain in the employ of the Company, in an advisory and consulting capacity, for an additional two years (i.e. until December 31, 2008) (the "Extended Period"). During the Extended Period the Executive shall perform such services as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors provided he shall not be required to spend more than 50% of his normal working time on Company business. During the Extended Period the Executive shall be entitled to an annual salary equal to 50% of the Base Salary and he shall be entitled to continue to participate in the Company's stock option plans. 1 3. COMPENSATION 3.1 The compensation of the Executive shall be as agreed upon from time to time between the Executive and the Company and in no case shall it be less than a base salary of US $400,000 ("Base Salary") plus bonus at target of 70% of Base Salary. 4. BENEFITS AND VACATION 4.1 The Executive shall be entitled to all benefit coverage offered by the Company during the Term of this Agreement. 5. NON COMPETITION 5.1 The Executive agrees that the nature of the services to be provided by the Executive (which the Executive acknowledges are of a special, unique, extraordinary and intellectual character), places the Executive in a position of confidence and trust with suppliers, customers and employees of the Company. The Executive also acknowledges that the suppliers and customers serviced by the Company are located throughout the world and, accordingly, it is reasonable that the restrictive covenants set forth herein are not limited by any geographical area. The Executive understands and accepts the provisions of this Agreement may limit the employment opportunities available to the Executive following me termination of this Agreement. The Executive understands and agrees that it is reasonable and necessary for the protection and goodwill of the business of the Company that the Executive makes the covenants contained herein. 5.2 Accordingly, it is agreed that the Executive will not, at any time during the 24 months immediately following the termination of this Agreement for any reason (whether such termination is for cause, without cause, or by resignation of the Executive, or by frustration of this Agreement, or by passage of time) directly or indirectly either alone or in conjunction with any individual or firm, corporation, association or other entity, whether as principal, agent shareholder, investor or in any other capacity whatsoever: (i) carry on, or be engaged in, concerned with or interested in, directly or indirectly, any business which relates to the establishment, development, promotion, marketing, sales or other provision of products or services similar to those which the Company is engaged (except for an equity share investment in a public company whose shares are listed on a stock exchange where such investment does not in the aggregate exceed 5% of the issued equity shares of such company); (ii) attempt to solicit away from the Company any person or entities with whom the Company or both are engaged including suppliers, employees, customers, agents or distributors; (iii) take any act as a result of which the relations between the Company and any of their suppliers, customers, employees, agents, distributors or others may be impaired or which may otherwise be detrimental to the business of the Company. 2 6. CONFIDENTIALITY 6.1 The Executive acknowledges that, by virtue of his position in the Company he will have access to confidential information belonging to the Company. The Executive therefore undertakes that he shall neither during the term of this agreement nor at any time thereafter publish, disclose or otherwise communicate to any person, company, business entity or other organization whatsoever or make use of any confidential information belonging or relating to the company, except with the prior written approval of the Company or strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 6.2 For the purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information" means all materials relating to the business or affairs of the Company, whether of a technical, operational or economic nature, including, without limitation, all unpublished information, prices and discounts, data, designs, trade secrets, know- how, formulae, plans, techniques, processes, manuals, documents, records, drawings, specifications, samples, studies, findings, inventions, software, source- code, ideas whether patented, patentable of not, reports, information concerning employees or officers, financial information and plans, information relating to business and financial dealings, research activities, business marketing or strategic plans and projects whether present or future, equipment, working materials, and lists or identity of customers whether they be in written, graphic, oral form or other form whatever prepared by the Company or by the Executive on behalf of or for the Company or otherwise disclosed to the Executive in the course of his engagement and any know-how of the Company or information relating to the Company or to any person, firm or other entity with which the Company does business which is not generally know to persons outside the Company, and any document marked "Confidential" or which the Executive might reasonably expect the Company would regard as confidential. The Executive acknowledges that the foregoing is intended to be illustrative and that other confidential information may exist or arise in the future. 6.3 Without prejudice to the generality of this Article, the Executive acknowledges that the following "Confidential Information" if disclosed or used in contravention of this Article would cause the Company substantial damage or loss: (i) names of clients, customers or suppliers of the Company prior to the termination of this Agreement; (ii) discounts, special prices or special contact terms offered to or agreed with clients, customers or suppliers of the Company; (iii) marketing and sales strategies/plans of the Company (iv) planned new services or products of the Company (v) existing or proposed research activities of the Company; (vi) existing or proposed marketing and sales expenditures of the Company 3 (vii) any drawings, plans designs, processes, formulae, specifications, know-how, trade secrets or any other technical data relating to any existing products or services offered to customers by the Company prior to the termination of this Agreement; (viii) any financial dealings of the Company; (ix) any business transactions or dealing of the Company, or; (x) the decisions or contents of any board meetings of the Company. 6.4 The Executive's obligations under this Article shall apply both during the Term of this Agreement and thereafter without limitation in time and shall survive the variation, renewal, extension or termination of this Agreement. 6.5 The Executive's obligations shall not apply in relation to any Confidential Information which; (i) the Executive is authorized by the Company to disclose, publish, communicate or make use of, or which it is necessary for the Executive to disclose, publish, communicate or make use of for the proper and efficient discharge of his duties as an employee of the Company; (ii) the Executive is required by law or any court or other similar judicial body or authority to disclose, publish or communicate or; (iii) has come into the public domain other than by way of unauthorized disclosure by the Executive. 6.6 The Executive agrees that in the event of any violation of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company in addition to any other right or relief to which it may be entitled, shall be entitled to an injunction restraining further breaches of this Agreement and the Company, upon applying for an injunction, will not be required to prove the inadequacy remedies at law. 7. REASONABLENESS OF NON-COMPETITION AND CONFIDENTIALITY 7.1 The Executive understands and agrees that the Company has a material interest in preserving the relationship it has developed with its suppliers and customers against impairment by competitive activities of a former employee. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that the restrictions and covenants contained in Articles 5 and 6 and the Executive's agreement to them by the execution of this Agreement, are of the essence of this Agreement. 7.2 The Executive understands and agrees that the restrictions and covenants contained in Articles 5 and 6 constitute material inducements to the Company to enter into this Agreement and that the Company would not enter into this Agreement without such covenants. 7.3 No claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, nor any assertion that the Company has not complied with the terms of this Agreement or has breached this 4 Agreement fundamentally or otherwise, shall constitute a defense or bar to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants or restrictions set out in Articles 5 or 6. 8. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT 8.1 The parties understand and agree that this Agreement may be terminated in the following manner in the specified circumstances; 8.1.1 By the Company, in its absolute discretion, without any notice or pay in lieu thereof, for cause. Any exercise of discretion pursuant to this paragraph shall be considered and acted upon by the Board of Directors. For the purposes of this Agreement, cause includes the following: (i) any material breach of the provisions of this Agreement (ii) failure or refusal of the Executive to comply with the lawful directions or instructions of the Company on any material matter; (iii) any conduct of the Executive which in the reasonable opinion of the Company, tends to bring himself or the Company into disrepute; (iv) conviction of the Executive of a criminal offense punishable by felony conviction; (v) any material act of dishonesty directed at the Company or any client of the Company; (vi) use by the Executive of drugs or of alcohol in a manner which materially affects his ability to perform his employment duties. 8.1.2 By the Company, in its absolute discretion, without any notice or pay in lieu thereof, in the case of the Executive's Disability. Disability, for purposes of this Agreement shall mean any mental or physical disability or illness which results in the Executive being unable to substantially perform the duties assigned pursuant to this Agreement for a continuous period of 150 days or for periods aggregating 180 days in any period of 365 days. Any exercise of discretion pursuant to this paragraph shall be considered and acted upon by the Special Committee. Any such action by the Special Committee shall require a two-thirds vote of the Special Committee. 8.1.3 Failure by the Company to rely on the provision of this Article to terminate this Agreement or to sanction or admonish the Executive in any given instance or instances, shall not constitute a ratification of the act or acts in question nor be deemed a waiver of the strict terms of this Article. 8.2 The parties understand and agree that any offer or giving of notice (or payment of pay in lieu of notice) by the Company to the Executive on termination or proposed termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice and shall not prevent the Company from alleging that the termination was for cause. 5 8.3 In the event that the employment of the Executive is terminated by the Company during the term of this Agreement (a) without cause and (b) not for reasons of disability, the Executive shall be entitled to the salary and benefits described in Appendix A to this Agreement. Upon compliance by the Company of this paragraph, the Executive shall not be entitled to pursue any legal action of any kind for any additional payment or notice required to be given. In the event that the Executive is terminated for cause or disability, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional payments or benefits except as required by law. 8.4 The Executive may voluntarily resign his employment at any time provided he shall give the Company 90 days notice in writing of his intention to do so. In the event of his voluntary resignation the Executive shall be entitled to receive his salary and other benefits up to, but not after, the date of termination of his employment. 8.5 On termination of employment the Executive shall immediately resign all offices held (including directorships in the Company) and save as provided in this Agreement, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any severance payment or compensation for loss of office or otherwise by reason of the resignation. If the Executive fails to resign as set out herein, the Company is irrevocably authorized to appoint some person in the Executive's name and on the Executive's behalf to sign any documents or do any things necessary or requisite to give effect to it. 9. EMPLOYER'S PROPERTY 9.1 The Executive acknowledges that all things furnished by the Company to the Executive and all equipment, automobiles, credit cards, books, records, reports, files, manuals, literature, confidential information or other materials shall remain and be considered the exclusive property of the Company at all times and shall be surrendered to the Company, in good condition, promptly on the termination of the Executive's employment irrespective of the time, manner or cause of the termination unless expressly provided in this Agreement. . 9.2 Any and all documents, drawing, things, techniques, computer programs or related data, invention or improvements of which the Executive may conceive or make or assist in the conception or making during the period of this Agreement relating or in any way appertaining to or connected with the duties, responsibilities or work of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement or any of the matters which have been, are, may become or were intended to become the subject of the undertakings of the Company shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company, as the case may be. The Executive will, whenever requested by the Company whether during or after the termination of this Agreement, execute any and all applications, assignments and other instruments which the Company shall deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain patents, copyright, trademark protection or other rights or protection in any country for the said documents, drawings, things, techniques, computer programs or related data, inventions or improvements and in order to assign and convey to the Company 6 the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in and to the said documents, drawings, things, techniques, computer programs or related data, invention or improvements. 10. ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS 10.1 The rights which accrue to the Company under this Agreement shall pass to its successors or assigns. The rights of the Executive under this Agreement are not assignable or transferable in any manner. 11. NOTICES 11.1 Any notice required or permitted to be given to the Executive shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Executive personally or if mailed by registered mail to the Executive's address last known to the Company. 11.2 Any notice required or permitted to be given to the company shall be sufficiently given if mailed by registered mail to the Company's Head Office at its address last known to the Executive, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. 12. SEVERABILITY 12.1 In the event that any provision or part of this Agreement shall be deemed void or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions or parts shall be and remain in full force and effect. 12.2 In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall in its stated terms or breadth be deemed void or invalid or unenforceable as a result a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction, the said provision shall be valid and enforceable to the extent consistent with the principle or principles underlying the said decision. 13. ENTIRE AGREEMENT 13.1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the employment and appointment of the Executive and any and all previous agreements, written or oral, express or implied, between the parties or on their behalf, relating to the employment and appointment of the Executive by the Company, are terminated and cancelled, including but not limited to the Employment Agreement between the parties dated January 1, 2000 and the Severance Agreement between the parties dated May 24, 2001 and any and all amendments thereto. 14. MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT 14.1 Any modification to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the parties or it shall have no effect and shall be void. 15. HEADINGS 7 15.1 The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be construed in any way as additions to or limitations of the covenants and agreements contained in it. 16. GOVERNING LAW This Agreement shall be construed in accordance wit the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the U.S.A. without regard to its conflict of law provisions. 17. FACSIMILE 17.1 This Agreement will be valid and binding whether executed by original or facsimile signature. 18. COUNTERPARTS 18.1 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute on and the same instrument. IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executive by the parties to it on the day, month and year first written above. \s\ LISA VECCHIARELLO \s\ CHARLES D. WINSTON - --------------------- -------------------------------------- Witness CHARLES D. WINSTON GSI LUMONICS INC. Per: \s\ PAUL F. FERRARI -------------------------------------- Paul F. Ferrari, Chairman of the Board Per: \s\ BENJAMIN VIRGILIO -------------------------------------- Benjamin Virgilio, Chairman, Compensation Committee 8 APPENDIX A TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE In the event that the employment of the Executive is terminated by the Company during the term of this Agreement (a) without cause and (b) not for reasons of disability, the Executive shall be entitled to the following: 1. Base Salary plus bonus at 70% of Base Salary continued for two years from the date of termination. 2. Company medical and insurance benefits to be continued for a period of two years from the date of termination. Executive will be required to pay any/all employee premiums during this period. 3. Company allowance for the use of a leased automobile to be continued for a period of two years from the date of termination. 4. Annual US $7,000 allowance for tax planning and preparation to be continued for a period of two years from the date of termination. 5. All unexercised stock options that have not vested shall vest on date of termination. All options will expire if not exercised within 90 days of the date of termination. 9 EX-21.1 7 b49019glexv21w1.txt EX-21.1 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT . . . EXHIBIT 21.1 GSI LUMONICS INC. Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003
DIRECT SUBSIDIARIES, 100% OWNED BY GSI LUMONICS INC. LOCATION GSI Lumonics Corporation US GSI Lumonics Limited UK Lumonics Systems (S) Pte. Ltd. Singapore GSI Lumonics GmbH Germany GSI Lumonics Hungary Trade Company Limited by Shares Hungary Lumonics Barbados IBC Barbados 124988 Ontario Inc. Canada GSI Lumonics Japan KK Japan WavePrecision Inc. Canada INDIRECT SUBSIDIARIES, 100% OWNED BY GSI LUMONICS INC. GSI Lumonics, SARL France Lumonics Ltd. UK Lumonics FSC Corporation Barbados Lumonics do Brazil Limitada Brazil GSI Lumonics Asia Pacific Ltd. Hong Kong General Scanning Limited UK GSI Lumonics Trust Inc. US GSLI Investments, Inc. US General Scanning Securities Corp. US General Scanning VI Export Corp. -FSC US GSI Life Science Trust US GSI Lumonics Life Science Trust US Westwind Air Bearings Limited UK Westwind Air Bearings (Suzhou) Co., Ltd China Westwind Air Bearings KK Japan Westwind Air Bearings, Inc. US
86
EX-23.1 8 b49019glexv23w1.txt EX-23.1 INDEPENDENT CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS CONSENT EXHIBIT 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS WE CONSENT TO THE INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS (FORM S-8, NUMBERS 333-43080, 333-76849 AND 333-73666), PERTAINING TO THE 1995 STOCK PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS OF GSI LUMONICS INC., THE GENERAL SCANNING INC. 1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN, THE GENERAL SCANNING INC. 1995 DIRECTORS' WARRANT PLAN AND THE GSI LUMONICS INC. EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN, OF OUR REPORT DATED FEBRUARY 23, 2004, WITH RESPECT TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GSI LUMONICS INC. INCLUDED IN ITS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003. March 15, 2004 /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Ottawa, Canada Chartered Accountants 87 EX-31.1 9 b49019glexv31w1.txt EX-31.1 SECTION 302 CEO CERTIFICATION EXHIBIT 31.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 CERTIFICATION I, Charles D. Winston, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of GSI Lumonics Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) [Omitted in reliance on SEC Release No. 33-8238; 34-47986 Section III.E.]; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal year that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 15, 2004 /s/ CHARLES D. WINSTON --------------------------------------- Charles D. Winston President and Chief Executive Officer 88 EX-31.2 10 b49019glexv31w2.txt EX-31.2 SECTION 302 CFO CERTIFICATION EXHIBIT 31.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 CERTIFICATION I, Thomas R. Swain, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of GSI Lumonics Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) [Omitted in reliance on SEC Release No. 33-8238; 34-47986 Section III.E.]; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal year that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 15, 2004 /s/ THOMAS R. SWAIN ----------------------------------------- Thomas R. Swain Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer 89 EX-32.1 11 b49019glexv32w1.txt EX-32.1 SECTION 906 CEO CERTIFICATION EXHIBIT 32.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of GSI Lumonics Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Charles D. Winston, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge: (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company. /s/ CHARLES D. WINSTON --------------------------------------- Charles D. Winston President and Chief Executive Officer March 15, 2004 This Certification shall not be deemed part of the Report or incorporated by reference into any of the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission by implication or by any reference in any such filings to the Report. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form with the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to GSI Lumonics Inc. and will be retained by GSI Lumonics Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 90 EX-32.2 12 b49019glexv32w2.txt EX-32.2 SECTION 906 CFO CERTIFICATION EXHIBIT 32.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of GSI Lumonics Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Thomas R. Swain, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge: (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company. /s/ THOMAS R. SWAIN ------------------------------------------ Thomas R. Swain Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer March 15, 2004 This Certification shall not be deemed part of the Report or incorporated by reference into any of the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission by implication or by any reference in any such filings to the Report. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form with the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to GSI Lumonics Inc. and will be retained by GSI Lumonics Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 91 EX-99 13 b49019glexv99.htm EX-99 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Ex-99 Selected Consolidated Financial Statements

 

EXHIBIT 99

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      Management of GSI Lumonics Inc. is responsible for the integrity of the accompanying consolidated financial statements and all other information in this Annual Report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared by management in accordance with appropriately selected accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and Canada. Their preparation necessarily involves the use of management’s best estimates and careful judgment, particularly in those circumstances where transactions affecting a current period are dependent upon future events. All financial information in the Annual Report is consistent with the consolidated financial statements.

      To discharge its responsibilities for financial reporting and safeguarding of assets, management believes that it has established appropriate systems of internal accounting control that provide reasonable assurance that the financial records are reliable and form a proper basis for the timely and reliable preparation of financial statements. Consistent with the concept of reasonable assurance, the company recognizes that the relative cost of maintaining these controls should not exceed their expected benefits. Management further ensures the quality of the financial records through a program of careful selection and training of personnel, and the adoption and communication of financial and other relevant policies, including a code of business conduct.

      The Board of Directors discharges its responsibilities for the consolidated financial statements primarily through the activities of its Audit Committee, which is composed solely of directors who are neither officers nor employees of the company. This committee meets quarterly with management and the company’s independent auditors to review performance and to discuss audit, internal control, accounting policy and financial reporting matters. The consolidated financial statements were reviewed by the Audit Committee and approved by the Board of Directors.

      The consolidated financial statements have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, which was appointed by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Its report is presented on the following page.

     
 
/s/ CHARLES D. WINSTON

Charles D. Winston, Director
  /s/ RICHARD B. BLACK
-----------------------------------------------------
Richard B. Black, Director


 

AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholders of

GSI Lumonics Inc.

      We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of GSI Lumonics Inc. as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States and Canada. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

      In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

      On February 23, 2004, we reported without reservation to the stockholders on the Company’s consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

     
Ottawa, Canada,
  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
February 23, 2004
       Chartered Accountants


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Canadian GAAP and in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)
                     
As of December 31,

2003 2002


ASSETS
Current
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents (note 12)
  $ 64,035     $ 83,532  
 
Short-term investments (note 12)
    39,562       28,890  
 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $4,465 (2002 — $2,681) (notes 4 and 9)
    53,040       33,793  
 
Income taxes receivable
    4,839       8,431  
 
Inventories (note 3)
    43,916       39,671  
 
Future tax assets (note 8)
    5,507       9,763  
 
Other current assets (note 3)
    8,048       4,969  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    218,947       209,049  
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $53,045 (2002 — $51,372) (note 3)
    53,092       27,306  
Future tax assets (note 8)
    6,642       7,443  
Other assets (note 3)
    2,297       3,360  
Long-term investments (note 12)
    3,743       37,303  
Intangible assets, net of amortization of $9,438 (2002 — $7,798) (note 3)
    22,628       8,042  
     
     
 
    $ 307,349     $ 292,503  
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current
               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 18,218     $ 9,235  
 
Accrued compensation and benefits
    7,424       6,523  
 
Other accrued expenses (note 3)
    18,451       20,845  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    44,093       36,603  
Deferred compensation (note 5)
    2,162       2,129  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    46,255       38,732  
Commitments and contingencies (note 11)
               
Stockholders’ equity (note 6)
               
 
Common shares, no par value; Authorized shares: unlimited; Issued and outstanding: 40,927,499 (2002 — 40,785,922)
    238,202       237,403  
 
Contributed surplus
    1,433       1,433  
 
Retained Earnings
    9,872       8,286  
 
Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment
    11,587       6,649  
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    261,094       253,771  
     
     
 
    $ 307,349     $ 292,503  
     
     
 
     
Approved by the Board of Directors

/s/ CHARLES D. WINSTON

Charles D. Winston, Director
 

/s/ RICHARD B. BLACK
---------------------------------------------------
Richard B. Black, Director

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

2


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Canadian GAAP and in thousands
of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)
                             
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Sales
  $ 185,561     $ 159,070     $ 247,904  
Cost of goods sold (note 10)
    117,084       109,876       162,122  
     
     
     
 
Gross profit
    68,477       49,194       85,782  
Operating expenses:
                       
 
Research and development
    13,895       19,724       24,182  
 
Selling, general and administrative
    49,263       56,724       74,904  
 
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    1,590       1,251       1,139  
 
Restructuring (note 10)
    3,228       6,448       2,930  
 
Other (note 10)
    831       (1,021 )     (1,907 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    68,807       83,126       101,248  
     
     
     
 
Loss from operations
    (330 )     (33,932 )     (15,466 )
 
Gain (loss) on sale of assets and investments (note 2 and 10)
    103             (4,809 )
 
Interest income
    1,886       2,744       5,084  
 
Interest expense
    (202 )     (701 )     (897 )
 
Foreign exchange transaction gains (losses)
    451       (825 )     (175 )
 
Other income (expense) (note 9)
          (628 )      
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    1,908       (33,342 )     (16,263 )
Income tax provision (benefit) (note 8)
    322       (5,881 )     (4,750 )
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 1,586     $ (27,461 )   $ (11,513 )
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) per common share:
                       
 
Basic
  $ 0.04     $ (0.68 )   $ (0.29 )
 
Diluted
  $ 0.04     $ (0.68 )   $ (0.29 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding (000’s)
    40,837       40,663       40,351  
Weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted net loss per common share (000’s)
    41,173       40,663       40,351  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

3


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Canadian GAAP and in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)
                                           
Accumulated
Foreign
Capital Stock Retained Currency

Contributed Earnings Translation
# Shares Amount Surplus (Deficit) Adjustment





(000’s)
Balance, December 31, 2000
    40,163     $ 234,357             $ 47,260     $ 5,200  
Net loss
                            (11,513 )        
Issuance of capital stock
                                       
 
— stock options
    344       1,503                          
 
— employee stock purchase plan
    51       334                          
Other
    (2 )                              
Tax benefit associated with stock options
                  $ 1,433                  
Translation loss on liquidation of a subsidiary, net of tax of $0
                                    723  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                    (2,819 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2001
    40,556       236,194       1,433       35,747       3,104  
Net loss
                            (27,461 )        
 
— stock options
    133       648                          
 
— employee stock purchase plan
    97       561                          
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                    3,545  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
    40,786       237,403       1,433       8,286       6,649  
Net income
                            1,586          
 
— stock options
    67       399                          
 
— employee stock purchase plan
    74       400                          
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                    4,938  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2003
    40,927     $ 238,202     $ 1,433     $ 9,872     $ 11,587  
     
     
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

4


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Canadian GAAP and in thousands of U.S. dollars)
                           
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss) for the year
  $ 1,586     $ (27,461 )   $ (11,513 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:
                       
 
Loss (gain) on sale of assets and investments
    382       62       5,267  
 
Translation loss on liquidation of a subsidiary
                723  
 
Reduction of long-lived assets
          2,510       724  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    6,891       7,556       8,588  
 
Future income taxes
    48       7,367       8,992  
Changes in current assets and liabilities:
                       
 
Accounts receivable
    (6,216 )     9,356       47,083  
 
Inventories
    8,271       19,632       8,917  
 
Other current assets
    (1,047 )     840       1,403  
 
Accounts payable, accruals, and taxes (receivable) payable
    11,912       (8,145 )     (87,662 )
     
     
     
 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    21,827       11,717       (17,478 )
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired (note 2)
    (44,298 )            
 
Purchase of leased buildings (note 10)
    (18,925 )            
 
Sale of assets and investments
    847             45,822  
 
Additions to property, plant and equipment, net
    (2,699 )     (2,952 )     (8,639 )
 
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of short-term and other investments
    188,990       110,014       85,834  
 
Purchase of short-term and other investments
    (165,547 )     (132,877 )     (109,355 )
 
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    (23 )     1,979       (1,219 )
     
     
     
 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (41,655 )     (23,836 )     12,443  
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
 
Payments of bank indebtedness
          (6,441 )     (4,117 )
 
Repayment of long-term debt
          (3,000 )     (4,000 )
 
Issue of share capital (net of issue costs)
    799       1,209       1,837  
     
     
     
 
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    799       (8,232 )     (6,280 )
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    (468 )     924       416  
     
     
     
 
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (19,497 )     (19,427 )     (10,899 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    83,532       102,959       113,858  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 64,035     $ 83,532     $ 102,959  
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

5


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2003
(Canadian GAAP and tabular amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars except share amounts)
 
1. Significant Accounting Policies
 
Nature of operations

      We design, develop, manufacture and market components, lasers and laser-based advanced manufacturing systems as enabling tools for a wide range of applications. Our products allow customers to meet demanding manufacturing specifications, including device complexity and miniaturization, as well as advances in materials and process technology. Major markets for our products include the medical, automotive, semiconductor, and electronics industries. In addition, we sell our products and services to other markets such as light industrial and aerospace. The Company’s principal markets are in North America, Europe, Japan and Asia-Pacific.

 
Basis of presentation

      These consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company in United States (U.S.) dollars and in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis.

      Consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, in U.S. dollars, are made available to all shareholders, and filed with various regulatory authorities.

 
Basis of consolidation

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GSI Lumonics Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Company”). Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

 
Comparative amounts

      Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003. These reclassifications had no effect on the previously reported results of operations or financial position.

 
Use of estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 
Cash equivalents

      Cash equivalents are investments held to maturity with original maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents, consisting principally of commercial paper, short-term corporate debt, and banker’s acceptances, are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash equivalents.

 
Investments

      Short-term, long-term and other investments consist principally of commercial paper, government debt, short-term corporate debt, and banker’s acceptances with original maturities greater than three months for

6


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

short-term investments and greater than twelve months for long-term investments. Investments are recorded at cost, which approximates estimated fair value based upon market quotes.

 
Inventories

      Inventories, which include materials and conversion costs, are stated at the lower of cost (primarily first-in, first-out) or market. Market is defined as replacement cost for raw materials and net realizable value for other inventories.

 
Property, plant and equipment

      Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and the declining-balance and straight-line methods are used to determine depreciation and amortization over estimated useful lives. Estimated useful lives for buildings and improvements range from 2 to 39 years and for machinery and equipment from 1 to 15 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the lease term, including option periods expected to be utilized. The Company reviews and evaluates the recoverability of property, plant and equipment on a periodic basis using undiscounted estimated future net cash flows from each property.

 
Intangible assets

      Intangibles assets include purchased trademarks and trade names, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods from three to fifteen years from the date of acquisition. Patents and purchased technology are stated at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected life of the asset, up to 19 years. Customer relationships are stated at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected life of the asset, up to 10 years.

 
Revenue recognition

      We recognize product revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, risk of loss has passed to the customer and collection of the resulting receivable is probable. We design, market and sell our products as standard configurations. Accordingly, customer acceptance provisions for standard configurations are generally based on seller-specified criteria, which we demonstrate prior to shipment. Revenue on new products is deferred until we have established a track record of customer acceptance on these new products. When customer-specified objective criteria exist, revenue is deferred until customer acceptance if we cannot demonstrate the system meets these specifications prior to shipment. There are no significant obligations that remain after shipping other than normal warranty and some installation. Installation is usually a routine process without problems and the Company considers it to be inconsequential or perfunctory. The Company typically negotiates trade discounts and agreed terms in advance of order acceptance and records any such items as a reduction of revenue. The Company rarely has returns and/or price adjustments; credits for returns under warranty occur mostly in the Components segment, and are not frequent. Shipping and handling costs are normally borne by the customer and the Company’s normal practice is to ship “collect,” with no charge for shipping and handling on the invoice.

      Revenue associated with service or maintenance contracts is recognized ratably over the life of the contract, which is generally one year.

 
Product Warranty

      We generally warrant our products for a period of up to 12 months for material and labor to repair and service the system. A provision for the estimated cost related to warranty is recorded at the time revenue is recognized.

7


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

      Our estimate of costs to service the warranty obligations is based on historical experience and expectation of future conditions. To the extent we experience increased warranty claims or increased costs associated with servicing those claims, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be made.

 
Stock based compensation

      The Company follows the disclosure requirements of CICA Handbook 3870. The Company continues to account for stock options granted to employees or employee options modified according to the intrinsic value method of accounting. Because the exercise price of the Company’s employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized. Any consideration paid by employees on the exercise of stock options is credited to capital stock at that time.

 
Research and product development expense

      Research costs are charged to expense as incurred. Development costs are charged to expense as incurred unless they meet generally accepted accounting criteria for deferral and amortization. Research and development costs are reduced by certain related non-refundable government assistance and investment tax credits

 
Foreign currency translation

      The Company’s operations having a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate in effect for the period. Exchange gains or losses on translation of the Company’s net investment in these operations are recorded as an adjustment to the accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment, a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

      Foreign exchange gains and losses on transactions occurring in a currency different than an operation’s functional currency are reflected in income except for gains and losses on derivative financial instruments used as hedges.

 
Derivative financial instruments

      The Company uses derivative instruments to reduce the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relating to foreign currency denominated balance sheet items and sales. The Company does not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

      The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives to specific forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

      The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency swaps to fix the cash flow variable of local currency selling prices denominated in currencies other than the Company’s functional currency. Foreign currency gains and losses on these contracts are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements until the underlying transaction is recorded in net income (loss). At that time, the gains or losses on such derivatives are recorded in net income (loss) in foreign currency transaction gains (losses), as an adjustment to the underlying transaction.

      From time to time, the Company uses currency and interest rate swap contracts to manage foreign currency exposures and interest rate risk. Payments and receipts under such swap contracts are recognized as

8


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

adjustments to interest expense on a basis that matches them with the fluctuations in the interest receipts and payments under floating rate financial assets and liabilities.

      Realized and unrealized gains or losses associated with derivative instruments, which have been terminated or cease to be effective prior to maturity, are deferred and recognized in net income (loss) in the period in which the underlying hedged transaction is recognized. In the event a designated hedged item is sold, extinguished or matures prior to the termination of the related derivative instrument, any realized or unrealized gain or loss on such derivative instrument is recognized in net income (loss) immediately.

      Effective January 1, 2003, the Company removed the designation of all short-term hedge contracts from their corresponding hedge relationships. Accordingly, such contracts are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized currently in income. Unrealized gains on the contracts where the underlying transaction has not occurred at January 1, 2003 will be recognized in the same periods as the underlying hedged transactions.

 
Income taxes

      The liability method is used to account for income taxes. Future tax assets and liabilities are recognized for tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Future tax assets and liabilities are measured using substantively enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established to reduce the future tax asset if it is “more likely than not” that the related tax benefits will not be realized in the future.

 
Earnings per share

      The treasury stock method is used to calculate diluted earnings per share and assumes any option proceeds would be used to purchase common shares at the average market price during the period.

Recent accounting pronouncements

 
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

      CICA has issued Accounting Guideline No. 15, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“AcG-15”), which is substantially in line with FIN 46. AcG-15 sets out criteria for identifying variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and additional criteria for determining what entity, if any, should consolidate them. In general a VIE is an entity that either (a) does not have equity investors with voting rights or (b) has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support activities. VIEs are evaluated for consolidation based on their variable interests, such as contractual, ownership or other interests that expose their holders to the risks and rewards of the VIE. In January 2004 the Accounting Standards Board (the Board) had suspended the effective dates for the disclosure requirements of AcG-15. The Board plans to issue an exposure draft as soon as possible, with a view to approving an amended Guideline that would be effective for periods beginning on or after November 1, 2004.

 
2. Business Combinations and Divestitures
 
Purchases

      On May 2, 2003, the Company acquired the principal assets of the Encoder division of Dynamics Research Corporation (DRC), located in Wilmington, Massachusetts. The purchase price of $3.1 million was

9


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

comprised of $3.0 million in cash and $0.1 million in costs of the acquisition. The purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition, as noted below.

         
Estimated Fair
Value at
Acquisition Date

(In millions)
Accounts receivable
  $ 0.9  
Inventories
    1.1  
Property, plant and equipment
    0.2  
Acquired technology
    1.1  
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
    (0.2 )
     
 
Total purchase price
  $ 3.1  
     
 

      The estimated excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable tangible assets acquired (approximately $1.1 million) is recorded as acquired technology to be amortized over its estimated useful life of four years. There was no goodwill associated with this acquisition. There was no purchased in process research and development included with this acquisition, therefore no amounts were written off to results of operations. The Company’s consolidated results of operations have included the Encoder division activity as of the closing date of May 2, 2003. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effects of the acquisition were not material to the Company. The addition of the Encoder division assets represents the addition of technology and products that expand the Company’s offering of precision motion control components. The integration of the Encoder division into the Company’s Components Group in Billerica, Massachusetts was completed during the third quarter of 2003.

      The acquisition of the principal assets of Spectron Laser Systems Limited, a subsidiary of Lumenis Ltd (Spectron), located in Rugby, United Kingdom closed on May 7, 2003. The purchase price of approximately $6.4 million, subject to final adjustment, was comprised of $5.8 million in cash and $0.6 million in estimated costs of the acquisition. The purchase price allocation is not yet final, as the parties are negotiating certain purchase price adjustments, related primarily to inventory, and other indemnification claims submitted by the Company. The purchase price, which is subject to final adjustment, is allocated to the assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition, as noted below.

         
Estimated Fair
Value at
Acquisition Date

(In millions)
Accounts receivable
  $ 1.9  
Inventories
    3.0  
Other current assets
    0.1  
Property, plant and equipment
    0.5  
Other investment
    0.6  
Acquired technology
    1.8  
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
    (1.5 )
     
 
Total purchase price
  $ 6.4  
     
 

      The estimated excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable tangible assets acquired (1.1 million British pounds sterling or approximately $1.8 million) is recorded as acquired technology to be amortized over its estimated useful life of five years. There was no goodwill associated with this acquisition. There was no purchased in process research and development included with this acquisition, therefore no

10


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

amounts were written off to results of operations. The Company’s consolidated results of operations have included the Spectron activity as of the closing date of May 7, 2003. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effects of the acquisition were not material to the Company. This acquisition adds both diode pumped laser solid state (DPSS) technology and products to the Company’s marketplace offerings, as well as expanded product lines in both lamp pumped (LPSS) and CO(2)-based technologies. The integration of this acquisition into the Company’s Laser Group in Rugby, United Kingdom was completed during the third quarter of 2003.

      On December 10, 2003, GSI Lumonics Corporation completed the purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Westwind Air Bearings Inc. from FR Holdings Inc. and GSI Lumonics Limited completed the purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Westwind Air Bearings Limited from Cobham Plc and Lockman Investments Limited. Both GSI Lumonics Corporation and GSI Lumonics Limited are wholly owned subsidiaries of GSI Lumonics Inc. The combined purchase price of $34.9 million was comprised of $33.7 million in cash, which is net of cash acquired of $2.6 million and $1.2 million in costs of the acquisition. The amount of the consideration was determined through arm’s length negotiations between the parties and was financed out of available cash and investments at hand. Subject to final adjustments, the purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition as noted below.

         
Estimated Fair
Value at
Acquisition Date

(In millions)
Accounts receivable
  $ 7.7  
Inventories
    6.3  
Other current assets
    1.3  
Property, plant and equipment
    13.4  
Intangible assets
    12.6  
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
    (6.2 )
Deferred tax liability
    (0.2 )
     
 
Total purchase price
  $ 34.9  
     
 

      The estimated fair value of intangible assets acquired were recorded as follows:

                 
Estimated Fair
Value at
Acquisition Estimated
Date Useful Life


(In millions) (In years)
Customer relationships
  $ 5.3       10  
Tradename
    1.6       15  
Acquired technology
    5.7       8  
     
         
Total intangible assets
  $ 12.6          
     
         

      There was no goodwill associated with this acquisition. There was no purchased in process research and development included with this acquisition, therefore no amounts were written off to results of operations. The Company’s consolidated results of operations have included Westwind activity as of the closing date of December 10, 2003. The addition of Westwind represents the addition of technology and products that expand the Company’s offering of enabling components to include high precision rotary motion technology using air

11


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

bearings. Pro forma results of operations, as if the purchase had occurred at the beginning of each fiscal period are presented below.

                 
Pro forma Combined
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002


(Unaudited)
Sales
  $ 215,840     $ 182,230  
Net loss
  $ 6,331     $ 31,187  
 
Net loss per common share: basic and diluted
  $ 0.16     $ 0.77  
Weighted average shares outstanding: basic and diluted
    40,837       40,663  
 
Divestitures

      On April 2, 2001, the Company completed the sale of operating assets of the Laserdyne and Custom Systems product lines for cash proceeds of approximately $7.3 million. Sales for these product lines were $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 
3. Supplementary Balance Sheet Information

      The following tables provide the details of selected balance sheet items as at December 31:

 
Inventories
                   
2003 2002


Raw materials
  $ 15,762     $ 16,380  
Work-in-process
    10,057       7,468  
Finished goods
    14,127       11,114  
Demo inventory
    3,970       4,709  
     
     
 
 
Total inventories
  $ 43,916     $ 39,671  
     
     
 
 
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
                                   
2003 2002


Accumulated Accumulated
Cost Depreciation Cost Depreciation




Land, buildings and improvements
  $ 39,937     $ (9,741 )   $ 22,848     $ (7,819 )
Machinery and equipment
    66,200       (43,304 )     55,830       (43,553 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total cost
    106,137     $ (53,045 )     78,678     $ (51,372 )
             
             
 
Accumulated depreciation
    (53,045 )             (51,372 )        
     
             
         
 
Net property, plant and equipment
  $ 53,092             $ 27,306          
     
             
         

12


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

 
Other Assets
                   
2003 2002


Short term other assets:
               
 
Note receivable
  $     $ 563  
 
Prepaid VAT and VAT receivable
    2,404       1,193  
 
Other prepaid expenses
    2,465       1,772  
 
Other current assets
    3,179       1,441  
     
     
 
Total
  $ 8,048     $ 4,969  
     
     
 
Long term other assets:
               
 
Deposits and other
  $ 386     $ 425  
 
Mortgage receivable
    1,911        
 
Facilities for sale (note 10)
          2,935  
     
     
 
Total
  $ 2,297     $ 3,360  
     
     
 

      The note receivable included in the December 31, 2002 bore interest at the prime rate and was receivable in quarterly installments of $0.3 million, ending in June 2003. During 2003, the Company recorded a reserve of approximately $0.6 million on the note receivable because of a default on the quarterly payment due in March 2003.

      At December 31, 2002, the Company had two facilities that were classified as available for sale. One was a 75,000 square foot facility in Kanata, Ontario and the other was a 17,000 square foot facility in Nepean, Ontario. Both of these facilities became available for sale in 2002, as a result of restructuring actions that occurred (Note 10). These buildings were recorded at their estimated fair market value at December 31, 2002 (approximately $2.2 million for the Kanata, Ontario property and $0.7 million for Nepean, Ontario). The Nepean facility was sold in the second quarter of 2003. The Kanata facility was sold in the fourth quarter of 2003. As part of the sale agreement for the Kanata property, the Company entered into an interest free mortgage agreement denominated in Canadian dollars with the purchaser. The mortgage receivable of $2.1 million (or Canadian $2.7 million) was discounted at a rate of 2.5% to a carrying value of $1.9 million. The principal is due November 30, 2006. This mortgage receivable is included in other assets at December 31, 2003.

      Intangible assets consist of the following:

                                   
December 31, 2003 December 31, 2002


Accumulated Accumulated
Cost Amortization Cost Amortization




Patents and acquired technology
  $ 20,083     $ (4,615 )   $ 11,017     $ (2,975 )
Customer relationships
    5,442                    
Other intangibles assets
    6,541       (4,823 )     4,823       (4,823 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total cost
    32,066     $ (9,438 )     15,840     $ (7,798 )
             
             
 
Accumulated amortization
    (9,438 )             (7,798 )        
     
             
         
 
Net intangible assets
  $ 22,628             $ 8,042          
     
             
         

13


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

 
Other Accrued Expenses
                 
2003 2002


Accrued warranty
  $ 4,571     $ 3,383  
Deferred revenue
    3,344       3,404  
VAT payable
    1,249       962  
Accrued restructuring (note 10)
    1,390       8,790  
Unrealized loss on currency swap
    1,466        
Accrual for recourse receivable
    1,306       1,354  
Other
    5,125       2,952  
     
     
 
Total
  $ 18,451     $ 20,845  
     
     
 
 
Accrued Warranty
                 
Year Ended
December 31,

2003 2002


Balance at the beginning of the period
  $ 3,383     $ 4,027  
Charged to costs and expenses
    4,047       5,624  
Warranty accruals established as part of acquisitions
    832          
Use of provision
    (3,825 )     (6,358 )
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    134       90  
     
     
 
Balance at the end of the period
  $ 4,571     $ 3,383  
     
     
 
 
4. Bank Indebtedness

      At December 31, 2003, the Company had no lines of credit but had two bank guarantees in Pounds Sterling and Euros with National Westminster Bank, or NatWest, and Deutsche Bank respectively, for a total amount of available credit of $0.2 million versus lines of credit and guarantees of $12.1 million at December 31, 2002. At December 31, 2002, the Company had an $8.0 million line of credit with Fleet that expired and was replaced with a pledge agreement on June 27, 2003 for $4.0 million, which is used to support the foreign currency swap contract. At December 31, 2003, pursuant to a security agreement between the Company and Fleet, marketable securities totaling $5.0 million had been pledged as collateral for the Fleet pledge agreement. NatWest provides a $0.1 million bank guarantee for letters of credit used for VAT and duty purposes in the United Kingdom. The Deutsche Bank guarantee of $0.1 is for our Munich, Germany office lease.

      At December 31, 2002, the Company had a line of credit with Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC) denominated in Canadian dollars for approximately U.S. $4.0 million. The Company reviewed this $4.0 million line of credit with CIBC and a decision to cancel the line of credit was conveyed to CIBC prior to December 31, 2002. By giving CIBC appropriate advance notice, the Company initiated its right to cancel the line of credit at any time at no cost, excluding breakage fees relating to the used and outstanding amounts under fixed loan instruments, which we were not material. The $4.0 million line of credit with CIBC was reduced by the end of the first quarter in 2003 to two letters of credit totaling $0.4 million, which were used to support the Company’s payroll and credit card programs. These two letters of credit were cancelled in the second quarter of 2003, thereby eliminating the CIBC line of credit.

14


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

 
5. Deferred Compensation

      Certain officers and employees have deferred payment of a portion of their compensation until termination of employment or later. Interest on the outstanding balance is credited quarterly at the prime rate, which averaged 4.1% during the year ended December 31, 2003 (2002 — 4.7%). The portion of deferred compensation estimated to be due within one year is included in accrued compensation and benefits.

 
6. Stockholders’ Equity
 
      Capital stock

      The authorized capital of the Company consists of an unlimited number of common shares without nominal or par value. During 2001, the Company reduced its common shares outstanding for 2,309 shares that were not claimed since the merger.

 
      Net income (loss) per common share

      Basic income (loss) per common share was computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. For diluted income per common share, the denominator also includes dilutive outstanding stock options and warrants determined using the treasury stock method. As a result of the net losses for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the effect of converting options and warrants was antidilutive.

      Common and common equivalent share disclosures are:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(In thousands)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    40,837       40,663       40,351  
Dilutive potential common shares
    336              
     
     
     
 
Diluted common shares
    41,173       40,663       40,351  
     
     
     
 
Options and warrants excluded from diluted income per common share as their effect would be antidilutive
    2,686       3,676       3,633  
     
     
     
 
 
      Shareholder rights plan

      On April 12, 1999, the Board of Directors adopted a Shareholders Rights Plan (the “Plan”). Under this Plan one Right has been issued in respect of each common share outstanding as of that date and one Right has been and will be issued in respect of each common share issued thereafter. Under the Plan, each Right, when exercisable, entitles the holder to purchase from the Company one common share at the exercise price of Cdn$200, subject to adjustment and certain anti-dilution provisions (the “Exercise Price”). At the annual meeting of the shareholders held on May 9, 2002, the shareholders adopted a resolution to approve the continued existence of the Plan.

      The Rights are not exercisable and cannot be transferred separately from the common shares until the “Separation Time”, which is defined as the eighth business day (subject to extension by the Board) after the earlier of (a) the “Stock Acquisition Date” which is generally the first date of public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (excluding certain persons and groups) has acquired beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the outstanding common shares, or (b) the date of commencement of, or first public announcement of the intent of any person or group of affiliated or associated persons to commence, a Take-over Bid. At such time as any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an “Acquiring Person” (a “Flip-In Event”), each Right shall constitute the right to purchase from the

15


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

Company that number of common shares having an aggregate Market Price on the date of the Flip-In Event equal to twice the Exercise Price, for the Exercise Price (such Right being subject to anti-dilution adjustments).

      So long as the Rights are not transferable separately from the common shares, the Company will issue one Right with each new common share issued. The Rights could have certain anti-takeover effects, in that they would cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by the Board of Directors.

 
      Stock options

      In conjunction with the merger with General Scanning, Inc., the Company adopted outstanding options held by employees under nonqualified and incentive stock options plans of General Scanning, Inc. and issued 2,051,903 stock options of the Company in exchange. At December 31, 2003, options to purchase 597,180 shares of common stock remained outstanding under the assumed General Scanning, Inc. stock option plans. In addition, the Company adopted outstanding warrants for the purchase of common stock issued to non-employee members of the General Scanning, Inc. Board of Directors. The warrants are subject to vesting as determined by a committee of the Board of Directors at the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. During the year ended December 31, 2003, none were granted, cancelled or exercised. At December 31, 2003, 51,186 warrants, of which all are exercisable, remain outstanding at prices ranging from $9.65 to $15.41 per share. The warrants are included in the stock option activity table in this note.

      Lumonics Inc. had three (3) stock option plans in existence for key employees and for directors prior to the merger with General Scanning, Inc., known as the May 1994 Executive Management Plan (“May 1994 Plan”), the September 1994 Key Employee and Director Plan (“September 1994 Plan”) and the 1995 Stock Option Plan (“1995 Option Plan”). Outstanding options under these three plans vest over periods of one to four years beginning on the date of grant. The options expire over a period of two to ten years beginning at the date of grant. With respect to the May 1994 Plan, a total of 700,000 options were authorized for issuance under the plan and at December 31, 2000, there were no options outstanding under the plan. With respect to the September 1994 Plan, a total of 1,094,000 options were authorized for issuance under the plan and at December 31, 2000, there were no options outstanding under the plan. All outstanding options under the May 1994 Plan and the September 1994 Plan expired on September 14, 2001. No additional options will be granted under the May 1994 Plan or the September 1994 Plan. With respect to the 1995 Option Plan, a total of 4,906,000 options have been authorized for issuance under the plan.

      The 1995 Option Plan referenced above, which was established in September 1995 by Lumonics Inc. for the benefit of employees (including contract employees), consultants, and directors of the Company, remained in place following the merger with General Scanning, Inc. in 1999 and as of the date of this Form 10-K, is the only Company stock option plan under which new options may be granted. Subject to the requirements of the 1995 Option Plan, the Compensation Committee or in lieu thereof, the Board of Directors, has the authority to select those directors, consultants, and employees to whom options will be granted, date of the grant, the number of options to be granted and other terms and conditions of the Options. The exercise price of options granted under the 1995 Option Plan must be equal to the closing price of the Company’s common shares on The Toronto Stock Exchange, or in lieu thereof, The NASDAQ Stock Market®, on the day immediately preceding the date of grant. The exercise period of each option is determined by the Compensation Committee but may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. The 1995 Option Plan initially authorized the issuance of a maximum of 406,000 options to purchase common shares. This authorization was increased to: 1,906,000 on May 6, 1997, 2,906,000 on May 11, 1999, and 4,906,000 on May 8, 2000; with all such increases being approved by the shareholders. Currently, a maximum of 4,906,000 options to purchase common shares are permitted to be issued under the 1995 Option Plan. The Compensation Committee has the power to amend, modify, or terminate the 1995 Option Plan provided that optionee’s

16


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

rights are not materially adversely affected and subject to any approvals required under the applicable regulatory requirements. At December 31, 2003, 543,046 (2002 — 424,801) options were available for grant under the 1995 Option Plan.

      In July 1999, the Company offered employee option holders an exchange of one option for each two options outstanding with exercise prices over $9.00 or Cdn$13.32. Under this exchange 243,597 options with exercise price of $4.63 or Cdn$6.95 per share, the then-current market price of the stock, were granted with a new vesting schedule, and 487,194 options were cancelled. The Company is accounting for the replacement options as variable from July 1, 2000, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation — an Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25, until the options are exercised, forfeited or expire unexercised.

                   
Weighted
Average
Options Exercise
(thousands) Price


Outstanding at December 31, 2000
    3,085       11.20  
 
Granted
    1,835       9.37  
 
Exercised
    (344 )     4.38  
 
Forfeited
    (943 )     12.61  
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2001
    3,633       10.45  
 
Granted
    736       8.58  
 
Exercised
    (133 )     4.78  
 
Forfeited
    (560 )     11.81  
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2002
    3,676       10.11  
 
Granted
    226       4.33  
 
Exercised
    (67 )     5.95  
 
Forfeited
    (374 )     10.88  
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2003
    3,461     $ 9.83  
     
     
 
Exercisable at December 31, 2003
    2,143     $ 10.35  
     
     
 

      The following summarizes outstanding and exercisable options outstanding on December 31, 2003:

                                             
Options Outstanding Exercisable Options


Number Weighted Weighted Number of Weighted
of Average Average Options Average
Range of Options Remaining Exercise Exercisable Exercise
Exercise Prices (000’s) Life Price (000’s) Price






  $ 1.75 to $ 4.38       537       3.2  years     $ 4.30       335     $ 4.30  
  $ 4.45 to $ 8.22       452       3.4  years     $ 5.45       364     $ 5.09  
  $ 8.35 to $ 8.90       445       4.1  years     $ 8.42       128     $ 8.47  
  $ 8.93 to $ 8.93       818       3.3  years     $ 8.93       408     $ 8.93  
  $ 8.98 to $14.66       679       4.0  years     $ 12.05       485     $ 12.84  
  $15.06 to $22.13       530       2.9  years     $ 18.90       423     $ 18.76  
         
                     
         
          3,461                       2,143          
         
                     
         

17


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

      Options outstanding include 151,384 options denominated in Canadian dollars with a weighted average exercise price of $16.11 Canadian.

 
      Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      At the Annual General Meeting of Stockholders on May 8, 2001, the Stockholders approved the adoption of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”). A total of 300,000 common shares have been reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan. The Company will make open market purchases and/or issue treasury common shares to satisfy employee subscriptions under the Purchase Plan. Under the terms of the Purchase Plan, employees can choose to have up to 7% of their base earnings withheld to purchase the Company’s common shares. The Purchase Plan provides for consecutive offering periods during which payroll deductions may be accumulated for the purchase of common shares. The initial offering period commenced on July 1, 2001 and ended on December 31, 2001. Thereafter, each offering period continues for a period of six months following commencement, as determined by the Compensation Committee. The purchase price per share at which shares will be sold in an offering period under the Purchase Plan is the lower of 85% of the Fair Market Value of a common share at the beginning of the offering period or 85% of the Fair Market Value of a common share at the end of the offering period. Fair Market Value, as defined by the Purchase Plan, is the weighted average sale price of the shares for the five (5) day period preceding the grant date and the exercise date. During the two offerings in the period ended December 31, 2003, 74,379 shares were issued under the Purchase Plan at an average cost of $5.38 per share and for the two offerings in the period ended December 31, 2002, 95,269 shares were issued under the Purchase Plan at an average cost of $5.89 per share.

 
Pro forma stock based compensation

      Had compensation cost for the Company’s stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan been determined using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, including options granted in prior years on a retroactive basis, the Company’s net income (loss) and earnings per share would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts below.

                           
2003 2002 2001



Net income (loss):
                       
 
As reported
  $ 1,586     $ (27,461 )   $ (11,513 )
 
Pro forma
  $ (1,120 )   $ (31,073 )   $ (14,647 )
Basic net income (loss) per share:
                       
 
As reported
  $ 0.04     $ (0.68 )   $ (0.29 )
 
Pro forma
  $ (0.03 )   $ (0.76 )   $ (0.36 )
Diluted income (loss) per share:
                       
 
As reported
  $ 0.04     $ (0.68 )   $ (0.29 )
 
Pro forma
  $ (0.03 )   $ (0.76 )   $ (0.36 )

      The fair value of options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

                         
2003 2002 2001



Risk-free interest rate
    1.9 %     3.1 %     4.1 %
Expected dividend yield
                 
Expected life from grant date
    4.0 years       4.0 years       4.0 years  
Expected volatility
    62 %     67 %     70 %
Weighted average fair value per share
    $2.56     $ 5.27     $ 4.82  

18


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

      The fair value of the employees’ purchase rights under the employee stock purchase plan was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-model with the following assumptions: dividend yield of nil (2002 and 2001 — nil); an expected life of 6 months (2002 and 2001 — 6 months); expected volatility of 60% (2002 — 67%, 2001 — 70%); and risk-free interest rate of 1.1% (2002 — 1.75%, 2001 — 3.45%). The weighted-average fair value of those purchase rights granted in 2003 was $2.27 (2001 — $3.71, 2001 — $2.98).

 
7. Employee Benefit Plans
 
Defined Benefit Pension Plan

      The Company’s subsidiary in the United Kingdom maintains a pension plan, known as the GSI Lumonics Ltd. United Kingdom Pension Scheme Retirement Savings Plan. The plan has two components: the Final Salary Plan, which is a defined benefit plan, and the Retirement Savings Plan, which is a defined contribution plan. Effective April 1997, membership to the Final Salary Plan was closed. Benefits under this plan were based on the employees’ years of service and compensation. In December 2002, the Company notified plan participants that it no longer wanted to sponsor the final salary plan. After a consultation period, the curtailment of the plan was effective June 1, 2003, after which no additional benefits accrue to the participants. The Company continues to follow its funding policy to fund pensions and other benefits based on widely used actuarial methods as permitted by regulatory authorities. The funded amounts reflect actuarial assumptions regarding compensation, interest and other projections. The assets of this plan consist primarily of equity and fixed income securities of U.K. and foreign issuers.

      Pension and other benefit costs reflected in the consolidated statements of operations are based on the projected benefit method of valuation. Within the consolidated balance sheet, pension plan benefit liabilities are included in accrued compensation and benefits.

      The net periodic pension cost for the defined benefit pension plan was determined as follows:

                         
2003 2002 2001



Service cost — benefits earned
  $ 81     $ 216     $ 393  
Interest cost on projected plan benefits
    931       837       827  
Premiums and expenses
    200       135       151  
Expected return on plan assets
    (671 )     (814 )     (873 )
Recognized losses
    183              
     
     
     
 
Net Periodic Pension Cost
  $ 724     $ 374     $ 498  
     
     
     
 

      The assumptions used to develop the actuarial present value of the accrued pension benefits (obligations) were as follows:

                 
2003 2002


Discount Rate
    6.5 %     6.0 %
Rate of Compensation Increase
          3.0 %
Rate of Inflation
    2.75 %     2.25 %
Long-Term Rate of Return on Plan Assets
    6.5 %     7.0 %

      The estimates are based on actuarially computed best estimates of pension asset long-term rates of return and long-term rate of obligation escalation. Variances between these estimates and actual experience are amortized over the employees’ average remaining service life.

19


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

      The plan is undergoing an actuarial valuation as of November 30, 2003, which is not yet complete. The most recent actuarial valuation of the plan was performed as at November 30, 2000. The extrapolation as at December 31 indicates the actuarial present value of the pension benefit obligation; the net assets available to provide for these benefits, at market value; and the funded status of the plan were as follows:

                 
2003 2002


Change in benefit obligation:
               
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 16,116     $ 11,633  
Service cost
    81       216  
Interest cost
    931       837  
Plan participants’ contributions
    38       158  
Actuarial changes in assumptions and experience
    (2,261 )     2,205  
Benefits paid
    (330 )     (278 )
Gain on curtailment of the plan
    (814 )      
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    1,570       1,345  
     
     
 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 15,331     $ 16,116  
     
     
 
Change in plan assets:
               
Market value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 11,080     $ 11,270  
Actual return on plan assets
    916       (1,642 )
Employer contributions
    146       625  
Plan participants’ contributions
    38       158  
Benefits paid
    (330 )     (278 )
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    1,269       1,029  
Other
    (153 )     (82 )
     
     
 
Market value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 12,966     $ 11,080  
     
     
 
Funded Status and Net Amounts Recognized:
               
Excess of projected benefit obligation over plan assets
  $ 2,365     $ 5,036  
Unrecognized actuarial gain (loss)
    (1,553 )     (4,823 )
     
     
 
Net amount recognized
  $ 812     $ 213  
     
     
 
 
Defined Contribution Plans

      The Company has defined contribution employee savings plans in Canada, the United Kingdom, and the United States. In the United States, the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code under which its United States employees may make contributions govern the plan. The Company matches the contributions of participating employees on the basis of percentages specified in each plan. Company matching contributions to the plans were $1.6 million in 2003 (2002 — $1.9 million; 2001 — $2.4 million).

20


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

 
8. Income Taxes
                           
2003 2002 2001



(In millions of $)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes:
                       
 
Canadian
  $ (1,251 )   $ (16,746 )   $ (12,753 )
 
International
    3,159       (16,596 )     (3,510 )
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 1,908     $ (33,342 )   $ (16,263 )
     
     
     
 

      Details of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:

                           
2003 2002 2001



Current
                       
 
Canadian
  $ 640     $ (2,676 )   $ (855 )
 
International
    (366 )     (10,572 )     (12,887 )
     
     
     
 
      274       (13,248 )     (13,742 )
Deferred
                       
 
Canadian
    (3,834 )     1,942       (1,123 )
 
International
    3,882       5,425       10,115  
     
     
     
 
      48       7,367       8,992  
     
     
     
 
Income tax provision (benefit)
  $ 322     $ (5,881 )   $ (4,750 )
     
     
     
 

      The income tax provision (benefit) reported differs from the amounts computed by applying the Canadian rate to income (loss) before income taxes. The reasons for this difference and the related tax effects are as follows:

                         
2003 2002 2001



Expected Canadian tax rate
    37 %     38.6 %     41.7 %
Expected income tax provision (benefit)
  $ 706     $ (12,870 )   $ (6,782 )
Non-deductible expenses
    (55 )     195       3,265  
International tax rate differences
    90       (162 )     (979 )
Change in valuation allowance
    759       9,791       1,012  
Losses and temporary differences the benefit of which has not been recognized
    1,437       (2,674 )     (1,763 )
Previously unrecognized losses and temporary differences
    (2,662 )            
Other items
    47       (161 )     497  
     
     
     
 
Reported income tax provision (benefit)
  $ 322     $ (5,881 )   $ (4,750 )
     
     
     
 

21


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

      Deferred income taxes result principally from temporary differences in the recognition of certain revenue and expense items for financial and tax reporting purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as at December 31 are as follows:

                   
2003 2002


Future tax assets
               
 
Operating tax loss carryforwards
  $ 19,109     $ 18,943  
 
Compensation related deductions
    1,854       1,769  
 
Tax credits
    6,505       4,990  
 
Restructuring and other accrued liabilities
    5,335       5,092  
 
Deferred revenue
    834       543  
 
Inventory
    1,565       4,397  
 
Tax effect of UK pension liability
    244        
 
Book and tax differences on fixed assets
    (1,886 )     247  
 
Intangibles
    2,262       3,886  
 
Share issue costs
    322       575  
     
     
 
Total deferred tax assets
    36,144       40,442  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    (23,995 )     (23,236 )
     
     
 
Net deferred tax assets
    12,149       17,206  
     
     
 
Allocated as follows:
               
 
Net deferred income tax asset — short-term
    5,507       9,763  
 
Net deferred income tax asset — long-term
    6,642       7,443  
     
     
 
 
Net deferred income tax asset
  $ 12,149     $ 17,206  
     
     
 

      The Company recorded a tax provision of $322,000 during the 2003 fiscal year.

      In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 we reversed a $3 million valuation allowance for a jurisdiction because sufficient positive evidence exists, including tax-planning strategies, to support its reversal. We also reversed a $7.3 million valuation allowance provided in previous years for a jurisdiction because sufficient positive evidence exists to conclude it is more likely than not to be realized and we established a $12 million valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in a jurisdiction based on judgment, including consideration of historical losses and projections of future profits with substantially more weight being placed on recent losses than any projections of future profitability. We also recorded a $2.7 million reversal of accrued income tax liabilities resulting from management’s analysis of these accruals.

      The Company has provided a valuation allowance of $24.0 million against losses in the parent company and subsidiaries with an inconsistent history of taxable income and losses due to the uncertainty of their realization. In addition, the Company has provided a valuation allowance on foreign tax credits, due to the uncertainty of generating foreign earned income to claim the tax credits. The Company believes it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized principally through future taxable income and carry backs to taxable income in prior years and tax planning strategies. If actual results differ from those expected, or if we do not achieve profitability, we may be required to increase the valuation allowance on our tax assets by taking a charge to the consolidated statements of operations, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. The Company is always subject to audit by tax authorities and has accrued for probable expenses. Actual assessments may differ materially from amounts accrued.

22


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

      As at December 31, 2003, the Company had loss carry forwards of approximately $58.5 million available to reduce future years’ income for tax purposes. Of this amount, approximately $1.8 million expires between in years up to 2006, $13.6 million expires in 2007, $13.7 million expires between 2020 and 2022 and $29.4 million can be carried forward indefinitely.

      Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $50.5 million at December 31, 2003. The Company has not recorded a provision for withholding tax on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, as the Company currently has no plans to repatriate those earnings. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liabilities is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.

      Income taxes paid during 2003 were $1.4 million (2002 — $1.7 million; 2001 — $33.3 million).

 
9. Related Party Transactions

      The Company recorded $4.8 million as sales revenue from Sumitomo Heavy Industries Ltd., a significant shareholder in the year ended December 31, 2003 (2002 — $2.3 million; 2001 — $4.2 million) at amounts and terms approximately equivalent to third party transactions. Receivables from Sumitomo Heavy Industries Ltd. of $1.3 million and $0.5 million as at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, are included in accounts receivable on the balance sheet.

      On February 23, 2000, the Company entered into an agreement with V2Air LLC relating to the use of V2Air LLC’s aircraft for Company purposes. The V2Air LLC is owned by the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Charles D. Winston. Pursuant to the terms of such agreement, the Company is required to reimburse the V2Air LLC for certain expenses associated with the use of the aircraft for Company business travel. During year ended December 31, 2003, the Company reimbursed V2Air LLC approximately $131,000 (2002 — $145,000 and 2001 — $150,000) under the terms of such Agreement.

      In January of 2001, the Company made an investment of $2 million in a technology fund managed by OpNet Partners, L.P. During 2002, the Company received a cash distribution (return of capital) from OpNet Partners in the amount of $1.4 million. In the second quarter of 2002, the Company wrote-down the investment by $0.2 million to its estimated fair market value and wrote-off the remainder of the investment ($0.4 million) in the fourth quarter of 2002. Richard B. Black, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, is a General Partner of OpNet Partners, L.P.

      On April 26, 2002, the Company entered into an agreement with Photoniko, Inc, a private photonics company in which one of the Company’s directors, Richard B. Black, was a director and stock option holder. As of August 16, 2002, Mr. Black was no longer a director or stock option holder of Photoniko, Inc. Under the agreement, the Company provided a non-interest bearing unsecured loan of $75,000 to Photoniko, Inc. to fund designated business activities at Photoniko, Inc. in exchange for an exclusive 90 day period to evaluate potential strategic alliances. In accordance with the terms of the agreement and the promissory note which was signed by Photoniko, Inc. on April 26, 2002, the loan was to be repaid in full to the Company no later than August 28, 2002, but still remains outstanding. The Company has provided a full reserve for this receivable.

23


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

 
10. Restructuring and other
                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Restructuring charges
  $ 3,392     $ 6,448     $ 3,380  
Reversal of restructuring charges
    (164 )           (450 )
     
     
     
 
Total restructuring charges
    3,228       6,448       2,930  
     
     
     
 
Other — royalties
    (217 )     (276 )     (348 )
Other — write-off of notes receivable
    563              
Other — write-off of unused fixed assets
    485              
Other — legal settlements
          (745 )     (1,559 )
     
     
     
 
Total other
  $ 831     $ (1,021 )   $ (1,907 )
     
     
     
 

     Restructuring charges

      Several significant markets for our products had been in severe decline from 2000 through early 2003. Our sales of systems for semiconductor and electronics applications and precision optics for telecommunications declined. From 2000 through 2002, the Company faced a 57% decline in revenues and responded by streamlining operations to reduce fixed costs.

     2000

      During fiscal 2000, the Company took total restructuring charges of $14.5 million, $12.5 million of which resulted from the Company’s determination to exit the high powered laser product line that was produced in its Rugby, United Kingdom facility. The $12.5 million charge consisted of: $1.0 million to accrue employee severance for approximately 50 employees; $3.8 million for reduction and elimination of the Company’s United Kingdom operation and worldwide distribution system related to high power laser systems; and $7.7 million for excess capacity at three leased facilities in the United States and Germany where high power laser systems operations were conducted. The provisions for lease costs at our Livonia and Farmington Hills, Michigan facilities and in Germany related primarily to future contractual obligations under operating leases, net of expected sublease revenue on leases that the Company cannot terminate. Additionally, for our Farmington Hills, Michigan and Maple Grove, Minnesota facilities, we accrued an anticipated loss on our contractual obligations to guarantee the value of the buildings. This charge was estimated as the excess of our cost to purchase the buildings over their estimated fair market value. The Company also recorded a non-cash write-down of land and building in the United Kingdom of $2.0 million, based on market assessments at to the net realizable value of the facility. In addition, the Company recorded in cost of goods sold a reserve of $8.5 million for raw materials, work-in-process, equipment, parts and demo equipment inventory that related to the high power laser product line in its Rugby, United Kingdom facility and other locations that supported this product line.

      Also during fiscal 2000, the Company reversed a provision of $5.0 million originally recorded at the time of the 1999 merger of General Scanning, Inc. and Lumonics Inc. At the time the $5.0 million provision was recorded, the Company intended to close its Rugby, United Kingdom facility and transfer those manufacturing activities to its Kanata, Ontario facility. As plans evolved, the Company realized that it would cost too much to move the manufacturing and decided to not go through with its original plan. Thus, the Company reversed the $5.0 million that had initially been recorded for this proposed restructuring.

      Cumulative cash payments of $12.0 million, a reversal of $0.5 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001 for anticipated restructuring costs that will not be incurred and a non-cash draw-down of $2.0 million

24


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

have been applied against the total fiscal 2000 provision of $14.5 million, resulting in no remaining balance at December 31, 2003. All actions relating to the 2000 restructuring charge have been completed. The Company paid the $6.0 million loss accrual remaining at December 31, 2002 in connection with the purchase of the Farmington Hills, Michigan and the Maple Grove, Minnesota facilities. The properties, which had been under leases until June 2003, were purchased for $18.9 million, but had an estimated market value of $12.5 million. The difference between the purchase price and estimated market value had been provided for as restructuring losses in 2000 ($6.0 million), in 2002 ($0.1 million) and 2003 ($0.3 million). The Farmington Hills, Michigan facility is being used and was recorded in property, plant and equipment at a cost of $6.1 million during the second quarter of 2003 and the Maple Grove, Minnesota facility had initially been held for sale and was included in other assets, but effective December 31, 2003 the value of $6.4 million was reclassified as property, plant and equipment because it is no longer expected that the building will be sold within one year. No adjustment to the carrying value was required.

     2001

      In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001, to further reduce capacity in response to declining sales, the Company determined that the remaining functions located in its Farmington Hills, Michigan facility should be integrated with its Wilmington, Massachusetts facility and that its Oxnard, California facility should be closed. In addition, the Company determined to integrate its Bedford, Massachusetts facility with its Billerica, Massachusetts manufacturing facility. The Company took total restructuring charges of $3.4 million. The $3.4 million charge consisted of $0.9 million to accrue employee severance for approximately 35 employees at the Farmington Hills, Michigan and Oxnard, California locations; $1.8 million for excess capacity at five leased locations in the United States, Canada and Germany; and $0.7 million for a write-down of leasehold improvements and certain equipment associated with the exiting of leased facilities located in Bedford, Massachusetts. The lease costs primarily related to future contractual obligations under operating leases, net of expected sublease revenue on leases that the Company cannot terminate. The expected effects of the restructuring were to better align our ongoing expenses and cash flows in light of reduced sales.

      Cumulative cash draw-downs of approximately $2.6 million and non-cash draw-downs of $0.7 million have been applied against the provision, resulting in a remaining provision balance of $0.1 million as at December 31, 2003. The restructuring is complete, except for costs that are expected to be paid on the leased facilities in Munich, Germany (lease expiration January 2013), Oxnard, California (expected payment March 2003) and Nepean , Ontario (lease expiration January 2006).

     2002

      Two major restructuring plans were initiated in 2002, as the Company continued to adapt to a lower level of sales. In the first quarter of 2002, the Company made a determination to reduce fixed costs by transferring manufacturing operations at its Kanata, Ontario facility to other manufacturing facilities. Associated with this decision, the Company incurred restructuring costs in the first, second, and fourth quarters of 2002. At this time, the Company believes that all costs associated with the closure of this facility have been recorded, as noted below.

      During the first quarter of 2002, the Company consolidated its electronics systems business from its facility in Kanata, Ontario into the Company’s existing systems manufacturing facility in Wilmington, Massachusetts and transferred its laser business from the Company’s Kanata, Ontario facility to its existing facility in Rugby, United Kingdom. In addition, the Company closed its Kanata, Ontario facility. The Company took a total restructuring charge of $2.7 million related to these activities in the first quarter of 2002. The $2.7 million charge consisted of $2.2 million to accrue employee severance and benefits for approximately 90 employees; $0.3 million for the write-off of furniture, equipment and system software; and $0.2 million for plant closure and other related costs. Future expense and cash outflow associated with 90 employees, whose

25


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

employment was terminated, will be avoided, improving income before tax and cash flow by approximately $1.2 million per quarter. During the second quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company recorded additional restructuring charges of $1.4 million related to cancellation fees on contractual obligations of $0.3 million, a write-down of land and building in Kanata, Ontario and Rugby, United Kingdom of $0.8 million, and also leased facility costs of $0.3 million at the Farmington Hills, Michigan and Oxnard, California locations. The lease costs primarily related to future contractual obligations under operating leases, net of expected sublease revenue on leases that the Company cannot terminate. The write-downs of the building brought the properties offered for sale in line with market values and the recording of these write-downs had no effect on cash.

      The second major restructuring action in 2002 was the redirection of the Company’s precision optics operations in Nepean, Ontario away from optical telecommunications and into its custom optics business as a result of the telecom industry’s severe downturn. The Company reduced capacity at the Nepean, Ontario facility and recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of $2.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2002, which included $0.6 million to accrue employee severance and benefits for approximately 41 employees. Future expense and cash outflow associated with 41 employees, whose employment was terminated, will be avoided, improving quarterly income before tax and cash flow by approximately $0.5 million per quarter. The Company also wrote-off approximately $0.2 million of excess fixed assets and wrote-down one of the Nepean, Ontario buildings by $0.2 million to its estimated fair market value. Additionally, the Company continued to evaluate accruals made in prior restructurings and we recorded charges of approximately $0.8 million for an adjustment to earlier provisions for leased facilities in the United States and Germany. Specifically, the $0.8 million in adjustments in the fourth quarter of 2002 related to earlier provisions for the leased facilities in Munich, Germany, Maple Grove, Minnesota and Farmington Hills, Michigan. Management had originally estimated a restructuring reserve of $0.5 million based upon the assumption that the Munich, Germany facility would be subleased in 2003. Instead, the market for commercial real estate in Munich, Germany declined further making recovery of the lease rate less likely. Therefore, an additional provision of $0.5 million was recorded to cover a longer anticipated time to sublease the space and to reflect a sublease at less than our existing lease rates. The Maple Grove, Minnesota facility had been subleased through January 2003. Management had anticipated finding a buyer for this building by January 2003, exercising of the option to purchase the building and not paying the remaining lease costs. As this did not happen, the contractual lease costs through the end of the lease in June 2003 of $0.2 million were accrued. The Farmington Hills, Michigan facility, also, was not sold by the end of 2002, so the costs for the unused space through the end of the lease in June 2003 of $0.1 million were accrued. The Company also took a further write-down of $0.3 million on the buildings in Kanata, Ontario and Rugby, United Kingdom and a $0.1 million write-off for fixed assets in Kanata, Ontario and a $0.1 million write-down to estimated fair value for the Maple Grove, Minnesota and Farmington Hills, Michigan facilities.

      At December 31, 2002, the net book value of two facilities, one in Kanata, Ontario and the other in Nepean, Ontario, were classified as held for sale and included in other assets. The Nepean, Ontario facility was sold in the second quarter of 2003 for a gain of $64,000 included in gain on sale of assets. The Company sold the Kanata, Ontario property during the fourth quarter of 2003 for a gain of $39,000 included in gain on sale of assets. Because the selling price for the Kanata facility was less than the net book value, the Company took restructuring charges of $0.1 million in the second quarter of 2003 and an additional charge of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2003.

      Cumulative cash payments of approximately $4.1 million and non-cash draw-downs of $1.8 million have been applied against the provisions taken in 2002, resulting in a remaining provision balance of $0.5 million at December 31, 2003. For severance related costs associated with these two restructuring actions, the actions are complete and the Company does not anticipate taking additional restructuring charges and has finalized payment in 2003. The Company will continue to evaluate the fair value of the buildings and fixed assets that were written down. The restructuring accrual is expected to be completely utilized during January 2013 at the end of the lease term for the Munich, Germany facility. The Company estimated the restructuring charge for

26


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

the Munich, Germany facility based on contractual payments required on the lease for the unused space, less what is expected to be received for subleasing. Because this is a long-term lease that extends until 2013, the Company will draw-down the amount accrued over the life of the lease. Future sublease market conditions may require the Company to make further adjustments to this restructuring reserve.

      The result of this restructuring activity was the establishment of our three new primary business segments: Components Group, Laser Group and Laser Systems Group. In addition, it also provided improved working capital management, which substantially reduced investment in receivables and inventories.

     2003

      To align the distribution and service groups with our business segments, in the first quarter of 2003 the Company commenced a restructuring plan that is expected to significantly reduce these operations around the world and to consolidate these functions at the Company’s manufacturing facilities. As part of this plan, the Company provided for severance and termination benefits of approximately $0.6 million for 22 employees in Germany, France, Italy and Belgium in the first quarter of 2003. Under EIC 134, if an employee continues to work beyond a minimum period of time after their notification, then their termination benefits are to be accrued over the period that they continue to work. During the second quarter of 2003, the Company took additional restructuring charges of $0.4 million for the severance and termination benefits associated with the restructuring actions taken in the first quarter, as a result of employees working beyond a minimum period as required by EIC 134.

      As a continuation of the restructuring plan initiated in the first quarter of 2003 to reduce our distribution and service groups, during the second quarter of 2003 the Company further reduced its European operations, including terminating an additional 10 employees in Europe and closing its Paris, France office. Also, the Company closed its office in Hong Kong and terminated 7 employees from that location. Additionally, the Company terminated 8 employees in other offices in Asia Pacific. Associated with these actions taken in the second quarter of 2003, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $0.8 million consisting of severance and termination benefits of $0.6 million, and lease and contract termination charges of $0.2 million. In the third quarter of 2003, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $0.1 million for the closing of offices in Asia Pacific.

      As the Company has retained certain employees to help with the transition of work beyond the minimum periods specified in EIC 134, the Company accrued additional termination and severance benefits for these employees of approximately $0.1 million during the third quarter of 2003, as a result of the actions taken in the first and second quarters of 2003. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2003 the Company reversed restructuring expense of approximately $0.1 million for severance costs accrued in prior quarters that will not be incurred. In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company incurred less than $0.1 million for additional severance and termination benefits associated with the European restructuring plan.

      Although the Company does not report restructuring by segment, EIC 134 requires disclosure of restructuring activities by segment. The alignment of the service and distribution groups described above is primarily related to our Laser Systems segment. Total costs incurred, net of $0.1 million in reversals noted above, were $1.9 million. All costs were incurred during 2003, and it is not anticipated that there will be any additional charges for this restructuring initiative.

      As part of its review of the restructuring actions taken in prior years, during the second quarter of 2003 the Company took an additional $0.3 million restructuring charge for the anticipated loss on the market value of the Farmington Hills, Michigan and Maple Grove, Minnesota facilities, on which the Company first took a restructuring charge in 2000, as noted above. Also, the Company took an additional charge of $0.1 million in the second quarter of 2003 and a charge of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2003 to write-down the net book value of the Kanata, Ontario facility to its estimated fair market value. The Company had previously written

27


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

down the Kanata, Ontario facility in 2002, as noted above. In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company recorded an additional restructuring provision of $0.7 million for the Munich, Germany facility. This additional charge was necessary in light of the continued decline in the commercial real estate lease rates in that market as compared to our lease rate and the longer time anticipated to find a subtenant. The Company has taken charges on this Munich facility in 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 totaling $1.7 million. The lease on the Munich office continues through January 2013. As the commercial real estate market is difficult to predict, the Company will continue to evaluate the restructuring accrual associated with the Munich office and will adjust the provisions as required.

      Cumulative cash payments of approximately $1.8 million and non-cash draw-downs of $0.7 million and reversal of expense of $0.1 million have been applied against the provisions taken in 2003, resulting in a remaining provision balance of $0.8 million as at December 31, 2003, which is primarily related to the accrual on the Munich office.

      The following table summarizes changes in the restructuring provision.

                                 
Severance Facilities Other Total




(In millions)
Provision at December 31, 2000
  $ 1.2     $ 8.3     $ 3.8     $ 13.3  
Charges during 2001
    0.9       2.5             3.4  
Cash payments 2001
    (1.2 )     (1.6 )     (3.8 )     (6.6 )
Reversals during 2001
          (0.5 )           (0.5 )
Non-cash draw-down 2001
          (0.7 )           (0.7 )
     
     
     
     
 
Provision at December 31, 2001
    0.9       8.0             8.9  
Charges during 2002
    2.8       3.1       0.5       6.4  
Cash payments 2002
    (2.5 )     (1.6 )     (0.5 )     (4.6 )
Non-cash draw-down 2002
          (1.9 )           (1.9 )
     
     
     
     
 
Provision at December 31, 2002
    1.2       7.6             8.8  
Charges during 2003
    1.8       1.6             3.4  
Reversals during 2003
    (0.2 )                 (0.2 )
Cash payments 2003
    (2.8 )     (7.1 )           (9.9 )
Non-cash draw-down 2003
          (0.7 )           (0.7 )
     
     
     
     
 
Provision at December 31, 2003
  $     $ 1.4     $     $ 1.4  
     
     
     
     
 

     Other

      During 2003, the Company recorded a reserve of approximately $0.6 million on notes receivable from a litigation settlement initially recorded in 1998. The reserve was provided because of a default on the quarterly payment due in March 2003. The Company intends to pursue legal action to regain its rights to the technology it had licensed, instead of pursuing further collection. Additionally, the Company recorded a benefit during of approximately $0.2 million for royalties earned on a divested product line and earned as part of a litigation settlement agreement. In 2003, the Company recorded a charge of approximately $0.5 million to write-off excess and unused equipment.

      During 2002, the Company recorded a net benefit of $0.7 million related to two litigation settlements. During 2002, the Company earned $0.3 million in royalties related to OLT precision alignment product line that was divested.

28


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

      During 2001, the Company recorded a benefit of $0.3 million related to royalties earned on the sale of the OLT precision alignment system product line. During the three months ended April 2, 1999, the Company recorded a provision of $19 million to accrue damages and legal fees, through to appeal, relating to the action against General Scanning, Inc., which was reflected as a reduction in the net assets acquired at the time of the March 22, 1999 merger. The Court of Appeals affirmed the judgment on April 18, 2001 and the Company paid approximately $15.3 million in May 2001 in satisfaction of the judgment and adjusted its accrual related to this litigation and recorded a benefit of $1.6 million when the litigation was settled.

 
11. Commitments and Contingencies

     Operating leases

      The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under operating lease agreements that expire through 2106. The facility leases require the Company to pay real estate taxes and other operating costs. For the year ended December 31, 2003, lease expense was approximately $3.2 million (2002 — $3.5 million, 2001 — $5.6 million).

      The Company leased two facilities under operating lease agreements that expired in June 2003. At the end of the initial lease terms, these leases required the Company to renew the lease for a defined number of years at the fair market rental rate or purchase the properties at the fair market value. The lessor may have sold the facilities to a third party but the leases provided for a residual value guarantee by the Company of the first 85% of any loss the lessor may have incurred on its $19.1 million investment in the buildings. This would have become payable by the Company upon the termination of the transaction. In June 2003, the Company exercised its option to purchase the facilities for $18.9 million. There is no longer a residual value guarantee in connection with these leases. The lease agreement required, among other things, the Company to maintain specified quarterly financial ratios and conditions. As of March 29, 2002, the Company was in breach of the fixed charge coverage ratio, but on April 30, 2002, the Company entered into a security agreement with the Bank of Montreal (BMO) pursuant to which the Company deposited with BMO and pledged approximately $18.9 million as security in connection with the operating leases discussed above in exchange for a written waiver from BMO and BMO Global Capital Solutions for any Company defaults of or obligations to satisfy the specified financial covenants relating to the operating lease agreements until June 30, 2003. This item was included on the balance sheet in long-term investments at December 31, 2002 and was used to satisfy the purchase price of the buildings during June 2003. The properties were purchased for $18.9 million, but had an estimated fair market value of $12.5 million. Accruals that were recorded for these anticipated losses were used to offset the difference. The Farmington Hills, Michigan facility is included in property, plant and equipment and initially recorded at $6.1 million and the Maple Grove, Minnesota facility was initially included in other assets for $6.4 million, but was reclassified to property, plant and equipment effective December 31, 2003.

      Minimum lease payments under operating leases expiring subsequent to December 31, 2003 are:

         
2004
  $ 3,214  
2005
    2,789  
2006
    1,983  
2007
    1,854  
2008
    1,088  
Thereafter
    16,950  
     
 
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 27,878  
     
 

29


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

      The Company has sublease agreements on certain leased facilities and will receive $2.2 million from 2004 to 2013.

     Recourse receivables

      In Japan, where it is customary to do so, the Company discounts certain customer notes receivable at a bank with recourse. The Company’s maximum exposure was $1.3 million at December 31, 2003 (2002 — $1.4 million). The book value of the recourse receivables approximates fair value. During 2003, the Company received cash proceeds relating to the discounted receivables of $2.9 million (2002 — $5.7 million). Recourse receivables are included in accounts receivable on the balance sheet.

 
      Legal proceedings and disputes

      The Company’s French subsidiary is subject to a claim by a customer of its French subsidiary that a Laserdyne 890 system, which was delivered in 1999, had unresolved technical problems that resulted in the customer’s loss of revenue and profit, plus the costs to repair the machine. In May 2001, the Le Creusot commercial court determined that the Company had breached its obligations to the customer and that it should be liable for damages. An expert appointed by the Le Creusot commercial court had filed an initial report, which estimated the cost to repair the machine at approximately French Franc 0.8 million (or approximately US$0.2 million). In the third quarter of 2003, the Company was notified that the customer is seeking cost of repairs, damages and lost profits of Euro 1.9 million (approximately US$2.3 million). The Le Creusot commercial court is reviewing the amount requested by the customer. The Company intends to vigorously defend this action and any claim amount. The customer has not paid Euro 0.3 million (or approximately US$0.4 million) of the purchase price for the system, which the Company believes it may offset against any damages. The Company has fully reserved this receivable. At this time, it is not possible to estimate an amount that the Company may be required to pay regarding this action.

      In August 2003, the Company announced that it filed an action against Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. (ESI) of Portland, Oregon in the United States District Court for the Central District of California for patent infringement. The complaint alleges Electro Scientific is violating three GSI Lumonics’ patents: 6337462, 6181728 and 6573473. This patented technology is used in the Company’s laser systems for processing semiconductor devices. The Company seeks injunctive relief, an unspecified amount of damages, costs, and attorneys’ fees. On September 2, 2003, the Company filed a First Amended Complaint, which did not change the substantive allegations of patent infringement. By court order dated September 18, 2003, the case was transferred to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. ESI filed its answer and counterclaim denying infringement and seeking a declaratory judgment that the patents are invalid. Pretrial discovery has not yet begun and no trial date has been set. At this time, it is not possible to estimate any recovery that the Company may receive from this action.

      As the Company has disclosed since 1994, a party has commenced legal proceedings in the United States against a number of United States manufacturing companies, including companies that have purchased systems from the Company. The plaintiff in the proceedings has alleged that certain equipment used by these manufacturers infringes patents claimed to be held by the plaintiff. While the Company is not a defendant in any of the proceedings, several of the Company’s customers have notified the Company that, if the party successfully pursues infringement claims against them, they may require the Company to indemnify them to the extent that any of their losses can be attributed to systems sold to them by the Company. Due to (i) the relatively small number of systems sold to any one of the Company’s customers involved in this litigation, (ii) the low probability of success by the plaintiff in securing judgment(s) against the Company’s customers and (iii) the existence of a countersuit that seeks to invalidate the patents that are the basis for the litigation, the Company does not believe that the outcome of any of these claims individually will have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. No assurances can be given,

30


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

however, that these or similar claims, if successful and taken in the aggregate would not have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

      The Company is also subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that the outcome of these claims will have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial conditions or results of operations but there can be no assurance that any such claims, or any similar claims, would not have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 
      Guarantees

      In the normal course of our operations, we execute agreements that provide for indemnification and guarantees to counterparties in transactions such as business dispositions, the sale of assets, sale of products and operating leases. These indemnities and guarantees are routine and customary in the industry.

      These indemnification undertakings and guarantees may require us to compensate the counterparties for costs and losses incurred as a result of various events including breaches of representations and warranties, intellectual property right infringement, loss of or damages to property, environmental liabilities, changes in the interpretation of laws and regulations (including tax legislation) or as a result of litigation that may be suffered by the counterparties. Also, in the context of the sale of all or a part of a business, this includes the resolution of contingent liabilities of the disposed businesses or the reassessment of prior tax filings of the corporations carrying on the business.

      Certain indemnification undertakings can extend for an unlimited period and generally do not provide for any limit on the maximum potential amount. The nature of substantially all of the indemnification undertakings prevents us from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount we could be required to pay counterparties as some agreements do not specify a maximum amount, although our standard terms and conditions limits exposure to the sales price of our products. Additionally, the amounts are dependent upon the outcome of future contingent events, the nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time.

      Historically, we have not made any significant payments under such indemnifications. At December 31, 2003, nothing has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to these indemnification undertakings.

 
      Risks and uncertainties

      The Company uses financial instruments that potentially subject it to concentrations of credit risk. Such instruments include cash equivalents, securities available-for-sale, trade receivables and financial instruments used in hedging activities. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk on these instruments.

      Due to the short term nature of the Company’s investments, the Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant interest rate risk.

      Certain of the components and materials included in the Company’s laser systems and optical products are currently obtained from single source suppliers. There can be no assurance that a disruption of this outside supply would not create substantial manufacturing delays and additional cost to the Company.

      There is no concentration of credit risk related to the Company’s position in trade accounts receivable. Credit risk, with respect to trade receivables, is minimized because of the diversification of the Company’s operations, as well as its large customer base and its geographical dispersion.

31


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

      The Company’s operations involve a number of other risks and uncertainties including, but not limited to, the cyclicality of the semiconductor and electronics markets, the effects of general economics conditions, rapidly changing technology, and international operations.

 
12. Financial instruments
 
      Cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments

      At December 31, 2003, the Company had $49.7 million invested in cash equivalents denominated in United States dollars with average maturity dates between January 2, 2004 and March 4, 2004. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $53.2 million invested in cash equivalents denominated in U.S. dollars with average maturity dates between January 2, 2003 and March 24, 2003. At December 31, 2003, cost approximates fair value.

      At December 31, 2003 the Company had $39.6 million in short-term investments and $3.1 million in long-term investments invested in United States dollars with maturity dates between January 6, 2004 and November 23, 2004. As discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements, $5.0 million of short-term investments are pledged as collateral for the Fleet pledge agreement at December 31, 2003. At December 31, 2002 the Company had $28.9 million in short-term investments and $37.3 million in long-term investments invested in U.S. dollars with maturity dates between January 6, 2003 and November 23, 2004. As discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements, $14.5 million of short-term investments are pledged as collateral for the Fleet and CIBC credit facilities at December 31, 2002 and $18.9 million of the long-term investments was pledged as security for the lease agreements with BMO as described in Note 11 above. Also, included in long-term investments at December 31, 2003 is a minority equity investment in a private United Kingdom company valued at $0.6 million that was purchased as part of the assets acquired in the Spectron acquisition. At December 31, 2003, cost approximates fair value.

 
      Derivative financial instruments

      The following is a summary of the Company’s risk management strategies and the effect of these strategies on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

      The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency swaps to fix the cash flow variable of local currency selling prices denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company removed the designation of all short-term hedge contracts from their corresponding hedge relationships. Accordingly, such contracts are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized currently in income. Unrealized gains on the contracts where the underlying transaction has not occurred at January 1, 2003 will be recognized in the same periods as the underlying hedged transactions.

      At December 31, 2003, the Company had one long-term currency swap contract in exchange for yen valued at $8.7 million United States dollars with an aggregate fair value loss of $1.4 and a maturity date in December 2005. At December 31, 2002, the Company had eleven foreign exchange forward contracts to purchase $16.9 million U.S. dollars, of which $10.5 million is in exchange for yen and $6.4 million is in exchange for euros. The Company also had one long-term currency swap contract fair valued at $8.7 million U.S. dollars in exchange for yen. All contracts have an aggregate unrecognized fair value loss of $0.5 million after-tax maturing at varying dates in 2003. The ineffective portion of the derivative instruments totalled a combined loss of $0.3 million and is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in foreign exchange gain (loss).

32


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

 
13. Segment Information
 
      General description

      During 2002, the Company changed the way it manages its business to reflect a growing focus on its three core businesses: components, lasers and laser systems. In classifying operational entities into a particular segment, the Company aggregated businesses with similar economic characteristics, products and services, production processes, customers and methods of distribution. Segment information for the 2001 year has been restated to conform to the current year’s presentation. There were no changes in the structure of the segments during 2003.

      The president and chief executive officer has been identified as the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in assessing the performance of the segments and the allocation of resources to the segments. The CODM evaluates financial performance based on measures of profit or loss from operations before income taxes excluding the impact of amortization of purchased intangibles, acquired in-process research and development, restructuring and other, gain (loss) on sale of assets and investments, interest income, interest expense, and foreign exchange transaction losses. Certain corporate-level operating expenses, including corporate marketing, finance, and administrative expenses, are not allocated to operating segments. Intersegment sales are based on negotiated prices between segments to approximate market prices. All intersegment profit, including any unrealized profit on ending inventories, is eliminated on consolidation. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in note 1.

      The Company’s operations include three reportable operating segments: the Components segment (Components); the Laser segment (Laser Group); and the Laser Systems segment (Laser Systems).

 
      Components Group

      The Company’s component products are designed and manufactured at our facilities in Billerica, Massachusetts, Moorpark, California, Poole, England, and Suzhou, China. The products are sold directly, or, in some territories, through distributors, to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. Products include optical scanners and subsystems used by OEMs for applications in materials processing, test and measurement, alignment, inspection, displays, imaging, graphics, vision, rapid prototyping, and medical use such as ophthalmology. The Components Group also manufactures printers for certain medical end products such as defibrillators, patient care monitors and cardiac pacemaker programmers, as well as film imaging subsystems for use in medical imaging systems. Under the trade name, WavePrecision, we also manufacture precision optics supplied to OEM customers for applications in the aerospace and semiconductor industries. In May 2003, the Company acquired the principal assets of the Encoder division of DRC, which was integrated into the manufacturing operations in our Billerica facility during the second and third quarters of 2003. With the acquisition of Westwind in December 2003, the Company expanded its line of technology enabling components to include high performance air bearing spindles, which are used in similar applications described above for our other component products. The components group’s major markets are medical, semiconductor and electronics, light industrial, automotive, and aerospace.

 
      Laser Group

      The Company designs and manufactures a wide range of lasers at our Rugby, United Kingdom facility for sale in the merchant market to OEMs and both captive and merchant systems integrators. We also use some lasers in the Company’s own laser systems. The Laser Group also derives significant revenues from providing parts and technical support for lasers in its installed base at customer locations. These lasers are primarily used in material processing applications (cutting, welding and drilling) in light automotive, electronics, aerospace, medical and light industrial markets. The lasers are sold worldwide directly in North America and the United Kingdom, and through distributors in Europe, Japan, Asia Pacific and China. Sumitomo Heavy Industries (a

33


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

significant shareholder of the Company) is our distributor in Japan. Specifically, our pulsed and continuous wave Nd:YAG lasers are used in a variety of medical, light automotive and industrial applications. In addition to our continued development of our existing laser range, in May 2003 we acquired Spectron, a United Kingdom company, which specializes in the manufacture and sale of low power diode pumped and lamp pumped lasers, predominantly used in marking applications. This acquisition was successfully incorporated into the existing operations of the Laser Group site in Rugby during the second and third quarters of 2003.

 
      Laser Systems Group

      The Company’s laser systems are designed and manufactured at our Wilmington, Massachusetts facility and are sold directly into our primary markets, through distributors in the secondary markets, to end users, such as semiconductor integrated device manufacturers and wafer processors as well as electronic component and assembly manufacturers. The Laser Systems Group also derives significant revenues from parts sales and servicing systems in its installed base at customer locations. System applications include laser repair to improve yields in the production of dynamic random access memory chips, or DRAMs, permanent marking systems for silicon wafers and individual dies for traceability and quality control, circuit processing systems for linear and mixed signal devices, as well as for certain passive electronic components, and printed circuit boards manufacturing systems for via hole drilling, solder paste inspection and component placement inspection.

 
      Segments

      Information on reportable segments is as follows:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Sales
                       
Components
  $ 73,762     $ 70,436     $ 88,689  
Laser Group
    33,412       23,748       39,119  
Laser Systems
    82,687       65,906       123,969  
Intersegment sales elimination
    (4,300 )     (1,020 )     (3,873 )
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 185,561     $ 159,070     $ 247,904  
     
     
     
 
Profit (loss) from operations before income taxes
                       
Components
  $ 15,665     $ 16,763     $ 18,603  
Laser Group
    1,071       (5,010 )     4,425  
Laser Systems
    8,042       (18,732 )     (23,712 )
     
     
     
 
Total by segment
    24,778       (6,979 )     (684 )
Unallocated amounts:
                       
 
Corporate expenses
    19,667       20,275       12,620  
 
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    1,590       1,251       1,139  
 
Restructuring
    3,228       6,448       2,930  
 
Other
    831       (1,021 )     (1,907 )
     
     
     
 
Loss from operations
  $ (538 )   $ (33,932 )   $ (15,466 )
     
     
     
 

      The CODM does not review asset information on a segmented basis and the Company does not maintain assets on a segmented basis, therefore a breakdown of assets by segments is not included.

34


 

GSI LUMONICS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN CANADIAN GAAP — (Continued)

 
Geographic segment information

      The Company attributes revenues to geographic areas on the basis of the bill to customer location. Not infrequently, equipment is sold to large international companies, which may be headquartered in Asia-Pacific, but the sales of our systems are billed and shipped to locations in the United States. These sales are therefore reflected in United States totals in the table below. Long-lived assets are attributed to geographic areas in which Company assets reside. Long-lived assets, which include property, plant and equipment and intangibles, but exclude other assets, long-term investments and deferred tax assets, are attributed to geographic areas in which Company assets reside.

                                                     
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Revenues from external customers:
                                               
 
USA
  $ 91,734       49 %   $ 94,654       59 %   $ 119,321       48 %
 
Canada
    1,610       1 %     1,883       1 %     11,410       5 %
 
Europe
    27,476       15 %     25,804       16 %     50,745       20 %
 
Japan
    36,057       19 %     23,460       15 %     40,956       17 %
 
Latin and South America
    1,070       1 %     1,249       1 %     852       0 %
 
Asia-Pacific, other
    27,614       15 %     12,020       8 %     24,620       10 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 185,561       100 %   $ 159,070       100 %   $ 247,904       100 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
                     
As at December 31,

2003 2002


Long-lived assets and goodwill:
               
 
USA
  $ 30,816     $ 19,364  
 
Canada
    2,931       6,625  
 
Europe
    40,741       11,540  
 
Japan
    799       618  
 
Asia-Pacific, other
    433       136  
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 75,720     $ 38,283  
     
     
 
 
15. Research and Development

      Research and development expenses are net of investment tax credits and other assistance of nil (2002 — nil; 2001 — $0.7).

35 EX-99.1 14 b49019glexv99w1.htm EX-99.1 MD&A & FINANCIAL CONDITION, CANADIAN SUPP Ex-99.1 MD&A & Financial Condition, Canadian Supp

 

EXHIBIT 99.1

GSI LUMONICS INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — CANADIAN SUPPLEMENT
(in United States dollars, and in accordance with Canadian GAAP)

      The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Canadian Supplement (“Canadian Supplement”) should be read in conjunction with our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) included in Item 7 of this Annual Report. The Canadian Supplement should also be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP (included in Item 8), the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“Canadian GAAP”)(included in exhibit 99).

      The following contains forward-looking statements and should be read in conjunction with the factors set forth in the “Forward-looking statements” section of the MD&A in Item 7 of this Annual Report. All dollar amounts in this Canadian Supplement are in thousands of United States dollars unless otherwise stated. The Canadian Supplement has been prepared by management to provide an analysis of the material differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP on GSI Lumonics Inc. financial condition and results of operations.

Results of Operations

                           
Year Ended

December 31, 2003 December 31, 2002 December 31, 2001



In ($000s)
Income (loss) before income taxes
                       
 
— Canadian GAAP
  $ 1,908     $ (33,342 )   $ (16,263 )
 
— U.S. GAAP
  $ (1,848 )   $ (36,705 )   $ (22,472 )
 
Difference
  $ 3,756     $ 3,363     $ 6,209  
Net income (loss)
                       
 
— Canadian GAAP
  $ 1,586     $ (27,461 )   $ (11,513 )
 
— U.S. GAAP
  $ (2,170 )   $ (27,724 )   $ (14,698 )
Net income (loss) per common share diluted
                       
 
— Canadian GAAP
  $ 0.04     $ (0.68 )   $ (0.29 )
 
— U.S. GAAP
  $ (0.05 )   $ (0.68 )   $ (0.36 )

Business Combinations

      On March 22, 1999, Lumonics Inc. and General Scanning, Inc. (“General Scanning”) completed a merger of equals to form the Company. Under Canadian GAAP, the merger was accounted for using the pooling of interests method and the consolidated financial statements reflect the combined historical carrying values of the assets, liabilities, stockholders’ equity and the historical operating results of the two predecessor companies.

      Under US GAAP, the merger has been accounted for as a purchase transaction. The purchase price, based on the fair value of General Scanning shares purchased, is allocated in the consolidated financial statements to acquired net identifiable General Scanning assets. Property, plant and equipment and acquired intangible assets were recorded at their estimated fair values at the time of the 1999 acquisition and are being amortized over their useful life.

1


 

      In 2003, there was income before income taxes under Canadian GAAP, as compared to a loss before income taxes under US GAAP. The Canadian GAAP loss before income taxes was lower than the corresponding US GAAP amounts in 2002 and 2001. These difference are due to lower net book values of property, plant and equipment and acquired intangible assets resulting from different methods of accounting for the business combination. The different net book values resulted in a lower depreciation and amortization expense under Canadian GAAP by $3.5 million, $3.4 million and $3.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In 2001, the Company wrote-down intangible assets by approximately $1.8 million that were included as intangibles under US GAAP purchase accounting, but not under Canadian GAAP.

      Stock compensation expense was not recorded in the Company’s earnings under Canadian GAAP, but was recorded under US GAAP for 2003 and 2001. During 2002, there was no compensation recorded under Canadian or US GAAP. As a result, the income before taxes for 2003 was increased and the loss before income taxes for 2001 was reduced under Canadian GAAP when compared to US GAAP by $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

      Under Canadian GAAP, global investment tax credits are required to be deducted from research and development expense. Under US GAAP, these amounts are required to be deducted from the income tax provision. The impact of this difference on the Canadian GAAP net income (loss) before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2001 was $0.7 million compared to the US GAAP net income (loss) before income taxes. There were no investment tax credits recorded in 2003 or 2002, as there was doubt as to whether their value would be realized.

      The Canadian GAAP income tax provision (benefit) does not reflect any income tax recovery for the depreciation and amortization and investment tax credits presented only under US GAAP. Our ability to recover future tax assets of $12.1 million at December 31, 2003 depends primarily upon the Company’s ability to generate profits in the United States and United Kingdom tax jurisdictions. If actual results differ from our plans or we do not achieve profitability, we may be required to increase the valuation allowance on our tax assets by taking a charge to the Statement of Operations, which may have a material negative result on our operations.

2 -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----